User Tools


<?xml version=“1.0” encoding=“UTF-8”?>

Pātañjalayogaśāstra

Yogasūtra with Bhāṣya

Branched off from A SARIT edition

Philipp Maas Creation of machine-readable version and proof-reading.

Published in 2013-2016 by in .

Pātañjalayogaśāstra (Yogasūtra with Bhāṣya) transcribed by Philipp Maas from the Āgāśe 1904 Ānandāśrama edition. Vācaspatimiśraviracitaṭīkāsaṃvalitavyāsabhāṣyasametāni Pātañjalayogasūtrāṇi. tathā bhojadevaviracitarājamārtaṇḍābhidhavṛttisametāni pātañjalayogasūtrāṇi. sūtrapāṭhasūtravarṇānukramasūcībhyāṃ ca sanāthīkṛtāni ... Kāśinātha Śāstrī Āgāśe ity etaiḥ saṃśodhitam. Kāśinātha Śāstrī Āgāśe Ānandāśramamudraṇālaye Punyākhyapattane 1904 Ānandāśrama Sanskrit Series no. 47 The transcription below excludes the commentary of Bhojadeva, the sūtrapāṭha and indexes.
  • Siglum: EdA

More ▾

  • EdA

oṃ ta­tsa­dbra­hma­ṇe na­maḥvā­ca­spa­ti­kṛ­ta­ṭī­kā­saṃ­va­li­ta­vyā­sa­bhā­ṣya­sa­me­tā­nipā­ta­ñja­la­yo­ga­sū­tra­ṇi|(ta­tra sa­mā­dhi­pā­daḥ pra­tha­maḥ|)(atha vyā­sa­bhā­ṣyam|)

[Ma­ṅga­lam]

yas tya­ktvā rū­pam ādyaṃ pra­bha­va­ti ja­ga­to­+a­ne­ka­dhā­nu­gra­hā­ya
pra­kṣī­ṇa­kle­śa­rā­śir vi­ṣa­ma­vi­ṣa­dha­ro­+a­ne­ka­va­ktraḥ su­bho­gī /
sa­rva­jñā­na­pra­sū­tir bhu­ja­ga­pa­ri­ka­raḥ prī­ta­ye ya­sya ni­tyaṃ
de­vo­+a­hī­śaḥ sa vo­+a­vyāt si­ta­vi­ma­la­ta­nur yo­ga­do yo­ga­yu­ktaḥ //1//​

[Sa­mā­dhi­pā­daḥ]

atha yo­gā­nu­śā­sa­nam [YS 1.1]

athe­ty ayam adhi­kā­rā­rthaḥ. yo­gā­nu­śā­sa­naṃ śā­stram adhi­kṛ­taṃ ve­di­ta­vyam. yo­gaḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ. sa ca sā­rva­bhau­maś ci­tta­sya dha­rmaḥ. kṣi­ptaṃ mū­ḍhaṃ vi­kṣi­ptam ekā­graṃ ni­ru­ddham iti ci­tta­bhū­ma­yaḥ. ta­tra vi­kṣi­pte ce­ta­si vi­kṣe­po­pa­sa­rja­nī­bhū­taḥ sa­mā­dhir na yo­ga­pa­kṣe va­rta­te.

yas tv ekā­gre ce­ta­si sa­dbhū­tam arthaṃ pra­dyo­ta­ya­ti kṣi­ṇo­ti ca kle­śān ka­rma­ba­ndha­nā­ni śla­tha­ya­ti ni­ro­dham abhi­mu­khaṃ ka­ro­ti sa saṃ­pra­jñā­to yoga ity ākhyā­ya­te. sa ca vi­ta­rkā­nu­ga­to vi­cā­rā­nu­ga­ta āna­ndā­nu­ga­to 'smi­tā­nu­ga­ta ity upa­ri­ṣṭān ni­ve­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ. sa­rva­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dhe tv asaṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ.

ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhi­tsa­ye­daṃ sū­traṃ pra­va­vṛ­te ---

yo­gaś ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dhaḥ [YS 1.2]

sa­rva­śa­bdā­gra­ha­ṇāt saṃ­pra­jñā­to 'pi yoga ity ākhyā­ya­te. ci­ttaṃ hi pra­khyā­pra­vṛ­tti­sthi­ti­śī­la­tvāt tri­gu­ṇam.

pra­khyā­rū­paṃ hi ci­tta­sa­ttvaṃ ra­ja­sta­mo­bhyāṃ saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭam ai­śva­rya­vi­ṣa­ya­pri­yaṃ bha­va­ti. tad eva ta­ma­sā­nu­vi­ddham adha­rmā­jñā­nā­vai­rā­gyā­nai­śva­ryo­pa­gaṃ bha­va­ti. tad eva pra­kṣī­ṇa­mo­hā­va­ra­ṇaṃ sa­rva­taḥ pra­dyo­ta­mā­nam anu­vi­ddhaṃ ra­jo­mā­tra­yā dha­rma­jñā­na­vai­rā­gyai­śva­ryo­pa­gaṃ bha­va­ti.

tad eva ra­jo­le­śa­ma­lā­pe­taṃ sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhaṃ sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­khyā­ti­mā­traṃ dha­rma­me­gha­dhyā­no­pa­gaṃ bha­va­ti. tat pa­raṃ pra­saṃ­khyā­nam ity āca­kṣa­te dhyā­yi­naḥ. ci­ti­śa­ktir apa­ri­ṇā­mi­ny apra­ti­saṃ­kra­mā da­rśi­ta­vi­ṣa­yā śu­ddhā cā­na­ntā ca sa­ttva­gu­ṇā­tmi­kā ce­yam ato vi­pa­rī­tā vi­ve­ka­khyā­tir iti. atas ta­syāṃ vi­ra­ktaṃ ci­ttaṃ tām api khyā­tiṃ ni­ru­ṇa­ddhi. ta­da­va­sthaṃ saṃ­skā­ro­pa­gaṃ bha­va­ti. sa ni­rbī­jaḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ. na ta­tra kiṃ­cit saṃ­pra­jñā­ya­ta ity asaṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ. dvi­vi­dhaḥ sa yo­gaś ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dha iti.

ta­da­va­sthe ce­ta­si vi­ṣa­yā­bhā­vād bu­ddhi­bo­dhā­tmā pu­ru­ṣaḥ kiṃ­sva­bhā­va iti ---

tadā dra­ṣṭuḥ sva­rū­pe 'va­sthā­nam [YS 1.3]

sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhā ta­dā­nīṃ ci­ti­śa­ktir ya­thā kai­va­lye. vyu­tthā­na­ci­tte tu sati ta­thā­pi bha­va­ntī na ta­thā.

ka­thaṃ ta­rhi, da­rśi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvāt ---

vṛ­tti­sā­rū­pyam ita­ra­tra [YS 1.4]

vyu­tthā­ne yāś ci­tta­vṛ­tta­yas ta­da­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vṛ­ttiḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ. ta­thā ca sū­tram ekam eva da­rśa­naṃ khyā­tir eva da­rśa­nam iti. ci­ttam aya­skā­nta­ma­ṇi­ka­lpaṃ saṃ­ni­dhi­mā­tro­pa­kā­ri dṛ­śya­tve­na svaṃ bha­va­ti pu­ru­ṣa­sya svā­mi­naḥ. ta­smāc ci­tta­vṛ­tti­bo­dhe pu­ru­ṣa­syā­nā­diḥ saṃ­ba­ndho he­tuḥ.

tāḥ pu­nar ni­ro­ddha­vyā ba­hu­tve sati ci­tta­sya ---

vṛ­tta­yaḥ pa­ñca­ta­yyaḥ kli­ṣṭā­kli­ṣṭāḥ [YS 1.5]

kle­śa­he­tu­kāḥ ka­rmā­śa­ya­pra­ca­ye kṣe­trī­bhū­tāḥ kli­ṣṭāḥ. khyā­ti­vi­ṣa­yā gu­ṇā­dhi­kā­ra­vi­ro­dhi­nyo 'kli­ṣṭāḥ. kli­ṣṭa­pra­vā­ha­pa­ti­tā apy akli­ṣṭāḥ. kli­ṣṭa­cchi­dre­ṣv apy akli­ṣṭā bha­va­nti. akli­ṣṭa­cchi­de­ṣu kli­ṣṭā iti. ta­thā­jā­tī­ya­kāḥ saṃ­skā­rā vṛ­tti­bhir eva kri­ya­nte. saṃ­skā­raiś ca vṛ­tta­ya iti. evaṃ vṛ­tti­saṃ­skā­ra­ca­kram ani­śam āva­rta­te. tad evaṃ­bhū­taṃ ci­ttam ava­si­tā­dhi­kā­ram ātma­ka­lpe­na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te pra­la­yaṃ vā ga­ccha­tī­ti. tāḥ kli­ṣṭāś cā­kli­ṣṭāś ca pa­ñca­dhā vṛ­tta­yaḥ.

pra­mā­ṇa­vi­pa­rya­ya­vi­ka­lpa­ni­drā­smṛ­ta­yaḥ [YS 1.6]

pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­māḥ pra­mā­ṇā­ni [YS 1.7]

indri­ya­pra­ṇā­li­ka­yā ci­tta­sya bā­hya­va­stū­pa­rā­gāt ta­dvi­ṣa­yā sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no 'rtha­sya vi­śe­ṣā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­pra­dhā­nā vṛ­ttiḥ pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇam. pha­lam avi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pau­ru­ṣe­yaś ci­tta­vṛ­tti­bo­dhaḥ. pra­ti­saṃ­ve­dī pu­ru­ṣa ity upa­ri­ṣṭād upa­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ.

anu­me­ya­sya tu­lya­jā­tī­ye­ṣv anu­vṛ­tto bhi­nna­jā­tī­ye­bhyo vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ saṃ­ba­ndho yas ta­dvi­ṣa­yā sā­mā­nyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­pra­dhā­nā vṛ­ttir anu­mā­nam. ya­thā de­śā­nta­ra­prā­pter ga­ti­mac ca­ndra­tā­ra­kaṃ cai­tra­vat, vi­ndhyaś cā­prā­ptir aga­tiḥ. āpte­na dṛ­ṣṭo 'nu­mi­to vā­rthaḥ pa­ra­tra sva­bo­dha­saṃ­krā­nta­ye śa­bde­no­pa­di­śya­te, śa­bdāt ta­da­rtha­vi­ṣa­yā vṛ­ttiḥ śro­tur āga­maḥ. ya­syā­śra­ddhe­yā­rtho va­ktā na dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­mi­tā­rthaḥ sa āga­maḥ pla­va­te. mū­la­va­kta­ri tu dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­mi­tā­rthe ni­rvi­pla­vaḥ syāt.

vi­pa­rya­yo mi­thyā­jñā­nam ata­drū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭham [YS 1.8]

sa ka­smān na pra­mā­ṇam. ya­taḥ pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhya­te. bhū­tā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvāt pra­mā­ṇa­sya. ta­tra pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dha­nam apra­mā­ṇa­sya dṛ­ṣṭam. ta­dya­thā dvi­ca­ndra­da­rśa­naṃ sa­dvi­ṣa­ye­ṇai­ka­ca­ndra­da­rśa­ne­na bā­dhya­ta iti. se­yaṃ pa­ñca­pa­rvā bha­va­ty avi­dyā. avi­dyā­smi­tā­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­bhi­ni­ve­śāḥ kle­śā iti. eta eva sva­saṃ­jñā­bhis tamo moho ma­hā­mo­has tā­mi­sro 'ndha­tā­mi­sra iti. ete ci­tta­ma­la­pra­sa­ṅge­nā­bhi­dhā­sya­nte.

śa­bda­jñā­nā­nu­pā­tī va­stu­śū­nyo vi­ka­lpaḥ [YS 1.9]

sa na pra­mā­ṇo­pā­ro­hī. na vi­pa­rya­yo­pā­ro­hī ca. va­stu­śū­nya­tve­+a­pi śa­bda­jñā­na­mā­hā­tmya­ni­ba­ndha­no vya­va­hā­ro dṛ­śya­te. tad ya­thā cai­ta­nyaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya sva­rū­pam iti. yadā ci­tir eva pu­ru­ṣas tadā kim atra kena vya­pa­di­śya­te.

bha­va­ti ca vya­pa­de­śe vṛ­ttiḥ. ya­thā cai­tra­sya gaur iti. ta­thā pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­va­stu­dha­rmo ni­ṣkri­yaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ, ti­ṣṭha­ti bā­ṇaḥ sthā­sya­ti sthi­ta iti. ga­ti­ni­vṛ­ttau dhā­tva­rtha­mā­traṃ ga­mya­te. ta­thā­nu­tpa­tti­dha­rmā pu­ru­ṣa iti, utpa­tti­dha­rma­syā­bhā­va­mā­tram ava­ga­mya­te na pu­ru­ṣā­nva­yī dha­rmaḥ. ta­smād vi­ka­lpi­taḥ sa dha­rmas tena cā­sti vya­va­hā­ra iti.

abhā­va­pra­tya­yā­la­mba­nā vṛ­ttir ni­drā [YS 1.10]

sā ca saṃ­pra­bo­dhe pra­tya­va­ma­rśāt pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ. ka­tham, su­kham aham asvā­psam. pra­sa­nnaṃ me ma­naḥ. pra­jñāṃ me vi­śā­ra­dī­ka­ro­ti. duḥ­kham aham asvā­psam. styā­naṃ me mano bhra­ma­ty ana­va­sthi­tam gā­ḍhaṃ mū­ḍho 'ham asvā­psam. gu­rū­ṇi me gā­trā­ṇi. klā­ntaṃ me ci­ttam. ala­saṃ mu­ṣi­tam iva ti­ṣṭha­tī­ti. sa kha­lv ayaṃ pra­bu­ddha­sya pra­tya­va­ma­rśo na syād asa­ti pra­tya­yā­nu­bha­ve ta­dā­śri­tāḥ smṛ­ta­yś ca ta­dvi­ṣa­yā na syuḥ. ta­smāt pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣo ni­drā. sā ca sa­mā­dhāv ita­ra­pra­tya­ya­van ni­ro­ddha­vye­ti.

anu­bhū­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­saṃ­pra­mo­ṣaḥ smṛ­tiḥ [YS 1.11]

kiṃ pra­tya­ya­sya ci­ttaṃ sma­ra­ty āho­svid vi­ṣa­ya­sye­ti. grā­hyo­pa­ra­ktaḥ pra­tya­yo grā­hya­gra­ha­ṇo­bha­yā­kā­ra­ni­rbhā­sas ta­jjā­tī­ya­kaṃ saṃ­skā­ram āra­bha­te. sa saṃ­skā­raḥ sva­vya­ñja­kā­ñja­nas ta­dā­kā­rām eva grā­hya­gra­ha­ṇo­bha­yā­tmi­kāṃ smṛ­tiṃ ja­na­ya­ti.

ta­tra gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­pū­rvā bu­ddhiḥ. grā­hyā­kā­ra­pū­rvā smṛ­tiḥ. sā ca dva­yī --- bhā­vi­ta­sma­rta­vyā cā­bhā­vi­ta­sma­rta­vyā ca. sva­pne bhā­vi­ta­sma­rta­vyā. jā­gra­tsa­ma­ye tv abhā­vi­ta­sma­rta­vye­ti. sa­rvāḥ smṛ­ta­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vi­pa­rya­ya­vi­ka­lpa­ni­drā­smṛ­tī­nām anu­bha­vāt pra­bha­va­nti. sa­rvāś cai­tā vṛ­tta­yaḥ su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hā­tmi­kāḥ. su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hāś ca kle­śe­ṣu vyā­khye­yāḥ. su­khā­nu­śa­yī rā­gaḥ. duḥ­khā­nu­śa­yī dve­ṣaḥ. mo­haḥ pu­nar avi­dye­ti.

etāḥ sa­rvā vṛ­tta­yo ni­ro­ddha­vyāḥ. āsāṃ ni­ro­dhe saṃ­pra­jñā­to vā sa­mā­dhir bha­va­ty asaṃ­pra­jñā­to veti.

athā­sāṃ ni­ro­dhe ka upā­ya iti ---

abhyā­sa­vai­rā­gyā­bhyāṃ ta­nni­ro­dhaḥ [YS 1.12]

ci­tta­na­dī nā­mo­bha­ya­to­vā­hi­nī va­ha­ti ka­lyā­ṇā­ya va­ha­ti pā­pā­ya ca. yā tu kai­va­lya­prā­gbhā­rā vi­ve­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­ni­mnā sā ka­lyā­ṇa­va­hā. saṃ­sā­ra­prā­gbhā­rā­vi­ve­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­niṃ­nā pā­pa­va­hā. ta­tra vai­rā­gye­ṇa vi­ṣa­ya­sro­taḥ khi­lī­kri­ya­te. vi­ve­ka­da­rśa­nā­bhyā­se­na vi­ve­ka­sro­ta udghā­ṭya­ta ity ubha­yā­dhī­naś ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dhaḥ.

ta­tra sthi­tau ya­tno 'bhyā­saḥ [YS 1.13]

ci­tta­syā­vṛ­tti­ka­sya pra­śā­nta­vā­hi­tā sthi­tiḥ. ta­da­rthaḥ pra­ya­tno vī­ryam utsā­haḥ. tat saṃ­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣa­yā tat sā­dha­nā­nu­ṣṭhā­nam abhyā­saḥ.

sa tu dī­rgha­kā­la­nai­ra­nta­rya­sa­tkā­rā­se­vi­to dṛ­ḍha­bhū­miḥ [YS 1.14]

dī­rgha­kā­lā­se­vi­to ni­ra­nta­rā­se­vi­taḥ sa­tkā­rā­se­vi­taḥ. ta­pa­sā bra­hma­ca­rye­ṇa vi­dya­yā śra­ddha­yā ca saṃ­pā­di­taḥ sa­tkā­ra­vān dṛ­ḍha­bhū­mir bha­va­ti. vyu­tthā­na­saṃ­skā­re­ṇa drāg ity evā­na­bhi­bhū­ta­vi­ṣa­ya ity arthaḥ.

dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­śra­vi­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­tṛ­ṣṇa­sya va­śī­kā­ra­saṃ­jñā vai­rā­gyam [YS 1.15]

stri­yo­+a­nna­pā­nam ai­śva­ryam iti dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ṣa­ye vi­tṛ­ṣṇa­sya sva­rga­vai­de­hya­pra­kṛ­ti­la­ya­tva­prā­ptāv ānu­śra­vi­ka­vi­ṣa­ye vi­tṛ­ṣṇa­sya di­vyā­di­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­pra­yo­ge­+a­pi ci­tta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­do­ṣa­da­rśi­naḥ pra­saṃ­khyā­na­ba­lād anā­bho­gā­tmi­kā he­yo­pā­de­ya­śū­nyā va­śī­kā­ra­saṃ­jñā vai­rā­gyam.

tat pa­raṃ pu­ru­ṣa­khyā­ter gu­ṇa­vai­tṛ­ṣṇyam [YS 1.16]

dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­śra­vi­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­do­ṣa­da­rśī vi­ra­ktaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­bhyā­sāt ta­cchu­ddhi­pra­vi­ve­kā­pyā­yi­ta­bu­ddhir gu­ṇe­bhyo vya­ktā­vya­kta­dha­rma­ke­bhyo vi­ra­kta iti. tad dva­yaṃ vai­rā­gyam. ta­tra yad utta­raṃ taj jñā­na­pra­sā­da­mā­tram. ya­syo­da­ye sati yogī pra­tyu­di­ta­khyā­tir evaṃ ma­nya­te --- prā­ptaṃ prā­pa­ṇī­yaṃ, kṣī­ṇāḥ kṣe­ta­vyāḥ kle­śāḥ, chi­nnaḥ śli­ṣṭa­pa­rvā bha­va­saṃ­kra­maḥ, ya­syā­vi­cche­dāj ja­ni­tvā mri­ya­te mṛ­tvā ca jā­ya­ta iti. jñā­na­syai­va parā kā­ṣṭhā vai­rā­gyam. eta­syai­va hi nā­nta­rī­ya­kaṃ kai­va­lyam iti.

atho­pā­ya­dva­ye­na ni­ru­ddha­ci­tta­vṛ­tteḥ ka­tham ucya­te saṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ sa­mā­dhir iti ---

vi­ta­rka­vi­cā­rā­na­ndā­smi­tā­rū­pā­nu­ga­māt saṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ [YS 1.17]

vi­ta­rkaś ci­tta­syā­la­mba­ne sthū­la ābho­gaḥ. sū­kṣmo vi­cā­raḥ. āna­ndo hlā­daḥ. ekā­tmi­kā saṃ­vid asmi­tā. ta­tra pra­tha­maś ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­nu­ga­taḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ sa­vi­ta­rkaḥ. dvi­tī­yo vi­ta­rka­vi­ka­laḥ sa­vi­cā­raḥ. tṛ­tī­yo vi­cā­ra­vi­ka­laḥ sā­na­ndaḥ. ca­tu­rthas ta­dvi­ka­lo 'smi­tā­mā­tra iti. sa­rva ete sā­la­mba­nāḥ sa­mā­dha­yaḥ.

athā­saṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ ki­mu­pā­yaḥ kiṃ­sva­bhā­vo veti ---

vi­rā­ma­pra­tya­yā­bhyā­sa­pū­rvaḥ saṃ­skā­ra­śe­ṣo­+a­nyaḥ [YS 1.18]

sa­rva­vṛ­tti­pra­tya­sta­ma­ye saṃ­skā­ra­śe­ṣo ni­ro­dhaś ci­tta­sya sa­mā­dhir asaṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ. ta­sya pa­raṃ vai­rā­gyam upā­yaḥ. sā­la­mba­no hy abhyā­sas ta­tsā­dha­nā­ya na ka­lpa­ta iti vi­rā­ma­pra­tya­yo ni­rva­stu­ka āla­mba­nī­kri­ya­te. sa cā­rtha­śū­nyaḥ. ta­da­bhyā­sa­pū­rva­kaṃ hi ci­ttaṃ ni­rā­la­mba­nam abhā­va­prā­ptam iva bha­va­tī­ty eṣa ni­rbī­jaḥ sa­mā­dhir asaṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ.

sa kha­lv ayaṃ dvi­vi­dhaḥ --- upā­ya­pra­tya­yo bha­va­pra­tya­yaś ca. ta­tro­pā­ya­pra­tya­yo yo­gi­nāṃ bha­va­ti ---

bha­va­pra­tya­yo vi­de­ha­pra­kṛ­ti­la­yā­nām [YS 1.19]

vi­de­hā­nāṃ de­vā­nāṃ bha­va­pra­tya­yaḥ. te hi sva­saṃ­skā­ra­mā­tro­pa­yo­ge­na ci­tte­na kai­va­lya­pa­dam ivā­nu­bha­va­ntaḥ sva­saṃ­skā­ra­vi­pā­kaṃ ta­thā­jā­tī­ya­kam ati­vā­ha­ya­nti. ta­thā pra­kṛ­ti­la­yāḥ sā­dhi­kā­re ce­ta­si pra­kṛ­ti­lī­ne kai­va­lya­pa­dam ivā­nu­bha­va­nti, yā­van na pu­nar āva­rta­te­+a­dhi­kā­ra­va­śāc ci­ttam iti.

śra­ddhā­vī­rya­smṛ­ti­sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­pū­rva­ka ita­re­ṣām [YS 1.20]

upā­ya­pra­tya­yo yo­gi­nāṃ bha­va­ti. śra­ddhā ce­ta­saḥ saṃ­pra­sā­daḥ. sā hi ja­na­nī­va ka­lyā­ṇī yo­gi­naṃ pāti. ta­sya hi śra­dda­dhā­na­sya vi­ve­kā­rthi­no vī­ryam upa­jā­ya­te. sa­mu­pa­jā­ta­vī­rya­sya smṛ­tir upa­ti­ṣṭha­te. smṛ­tyu­pa­sthā­ne ca ci­ttam anā­ku­laṃ sa­mā­dhī­ya­te. sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­sya pra­jñā­vi­ve­ka upā­va­rta­te. yena ya­thā­rthaṃ va­stu jā­nā­ti. ta­da­bhyā­sāt ta­tta­dvi­ṣa­yāc ca vai­rā­gyād asaṃ­pra­jñā­taḥ sa­mā­dhir bha­va­ti.

te kha­lu nava yo­gi­no mṛ­du­ma­dhyā­dhi­mā­tro­pā­yā bha­va­nti. ta­dya­thā --- mṛ­dū­pā­yo ma­dhyo­pā­yo­+a­dhi­mā­tro­pā­ya iti. ta­tra mṛ­dū­pā­yas tri­vi­dhaḥ --- mṛ­du­saṃ­ve­go ma­dhya­saṃ­ve­gas tī­vra­saṃ­ve­ga iti. ta­thā ma­dhyo­pā­yas ta­thā­dhi­mā­tro­pā­ya iti. ta­trā­dhi­mā­tro­pā­yā­nām ---

tī­vra­saṃ­ve­gā­nām āsa­nnaḥ [YS 1.21]

sa­mā­dhi­lā­bhaḥ sa­mā­dhi­pha­laṃ ca bha­va­tī­ti.

mṛ­du­ma­dhyā­dhi­mā­tra­tvāt tato 'pi vi­śe­ṣaḥ [YS 1.22]

mṛ­du­tī­vro ma­dhya­tī­vro­+a­dhi­mā­tra­tī­vra iti. tato 'pi vi­śe­ṣaḥ. ta­dvi­śe­ṣād api mṛ­du­tī­vra­saṃ­ve­ga­syā­sa­nnaḥ tato ma­dhya­tī­vra­saṃ­ve­ga­syā­sa­nna­ta­raḥ, ta­smād adhi­mā­tra­tī­vra­saṃ­ve­ga­syā­dhi­mā­tro­pā­ya­syā­py āsa­nna­ta­maḥ sa­mā­dhi­lā­bhaḥ sa­mā­dhi­pha­laṃ ceti.

kim eta­smād evā­sa­nna­ta­maḥ sa­mā­dhir bha­va­ti. athā­sya lā­bhe bha­va­ty anyo 'pi ka­ścid upā­yo na veti ---

īśva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nād vā [YS 1.23]

pra­ṇi­dhā­nād bha­kti­vi­śe­ṣād āva­rji­ta īśva­ras tam anu­gṛ­hṇā­ty abhi­dhyā­na­mā­tre­ṇa. ta­da­bhi­dhyā­na­mā­trād api yo­gi­na āsa­nna­ta­maḥ sa­mā­dhi­lā­bhaḥ sa­mā­dhi­pha­laṃ ca bha­va­tī­ti.

atha pra­dhā­na­pu­ru­ṣa­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ ko 'yam īśva­ro nā­me­ti ---

kle­śa­ka­rma­vi­pā­kā­śa­yair apa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa īśva­raḥ [YS 1.24]

avi­dyā­da­yaḥ kle­śāḥ. ku­śa­lā­ku­śa­lā­ni ka­rmā­ṇi. ta­tpha­laṃ vi­pā­kaḥ. ta­da­nu­gu­ṇā vā­sa­nā āśa­yāḥ. te ca ma­na­si va­rta­mā­nāḥ pu­ru­ṣe vya­pa­di­śya­nte, sa hi ta­tpha­la­sya bho­kte­ti. ya­thā ja­yaḥ pa­rā­ja­yo vā yo­ddhṛ­ṣu va­rta­mā­naḥ svā­mi­ni vya­pa­di­śya­te. yo hy ane­na bho­ge­nā­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭaḥ sa pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa īśva­raḥ.

kai­va­lyaṃ prā­ptās ta­rhi sa­nti ca ba­ha­vaḥ ke­va­li­naḥ. te hi trī­ṇi ba­ndha­nā­ni cchi­ttvā kai­va­lyaṃ prā­ptā īśva­ra­sya ca ta­tsaṃ­ba­ndho na bhū­to na bhā­vī. ya­thā mu­kta­sya pū­rvā ba­ndha­ko­ṭiḥ pra­jñā­ya­te nai­vam īśva­ra­sya. ya­thā vā pra­kṛ­ti­lī­na­syo­tta­rā ba­ndha­ko­ṭiḥ saṃ­bhā­vya­te nai­vam īśva­ra­sya. sa tu sa­dai­va mu­ktaḥ sa­dai­ve­śva­ra iti.

yo 'sau pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­sa­ttvo­pā­dā­nād īśva­ra­sya śā­śva­ti­ka utka­rṣaḥ sa kiṃ sa­ni­mi­tta āho­svin ni­rni­mi­tta iti. ta­sya śā­straṃ ni­mi­ttam.

śā­straṃ pu­naḥ kiṃ­ni­mi­ttam, pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­sa­ttva­ni­mi­ttam.

eta­yoḥ śā­stro­tka­rṣa­yor īśva­ra­sa­ttve va­rta­mā­na­yor anā­diḥ saṃ­ba­ndhaḥ. eta­smād etad bha­va­ti sa­dai­ve­śva­raḥ sa­dai­va mu­kta iti. tac ca ta­syai­śva­ryaṃ sā­myā­ti­śa­ya­vi­ni­rmu­ktam. na tā­vad ai­śva­ryā­nta­re­ṇa tad ati­śa­yya­te. yad evā­ti­śa­yi syāt tad eva tat syāt. ta­smād ya­tra kā­ṣṭhā­prā­ptir ai­śva­rya­sya sa īśva­ra iti. na ca ta­tsa­mā­nam ai­śva­ryam asti. ka­smāt, dva­yos tu­lya­yor eka­smin yu­ga­pa­tkā­mi­te­+a­rthe na­vam idam astu pu­rā­ṇam idam astv ity eka­sya si­ddhāv ita­ra­sya prā­kā­mya­vi­ghā­tād ūna­tvaṃ pra­sa­ktam. dva­yoś ca tu­lya­yor yu­ga­pa­tkā­mi­tā­rtha­prā­ptir nā­sti. artha­sya vi­ru­ddha­tvāt. ta­smād ya­sya sā­myā­ti­śa­yair vi­ni­rmu­ktam ai­śva­ryaṃ sa eve­śva­raḥ. sa ca pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa iti.

kiṃ ca ---

ta­tra ni­ra­ti­śa­yaṃ sa­rva­jña­bī­jam [YS 1.25]

yad idam atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­pra­tyu­tpa­nna­pra­tye­ka­sa­mu­cca­yā­tī­ndri­ya­gra­ha­ṇam alpaṃ bahv iti sa­rva­jña­bī­jam etad vi­va­rdha­mā­naṃ ya­tra ni­ra­ti­śa­yaṃ sa sa­rva­jñaḥ. asti kā­ṣṭhā­prā­ptiḥ sa­rva­jña­bī­ja­sya sā­ti­śa­ya­tvāt pa­ri­mā­ṇa­vad iti. ya­tra kā­ṣṭhā­prā­ptir jñā­na­sya sa sa­rva­jñaḥ. sa ca pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa iti.

sā­mā­nya­mā­tro­pa­saṃ­hā­re ca kṛ­to­pa­kṣa­yam anu­mā­naṃ na vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttau sa­ma­rtham iti. ta­sya saṃ­jñā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttir āga­ma­taḥ pa­rya­nve­ṣyā. ta­syā­tmā­nu­gra­hā­bhā­ve­+a­pi bhū­tā­nu­gra­haḥ pra­yo­ja­nam. jñā­na­dha­rmo­pa­de­śe­na ka­lpa­pra­la­ya­ma­hā­pra­la­ye­ṣu saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ pu­ru­ṣān uddha­ri­ṣyā­mī­ti. ta­thā co­ktam --- ādi­vi­dvān ni­rmā­ṇa­ci­ttam adhi­ṣṭhā­ya kā­ru­ṇyād bha­ga­vān pa­ra­ma­rṣir āsu­ra­ye ji­jñā­sa­mā­nā­ya ta­ntraṃ pro­vā­ce­ti.

sa eṣaḥ ---

pū­rve­ṣām api gu­ruḥ kā­le­nā­na­va­cche­dāt [YS 1.26]

pū­rve hi gu­ra­vaḥ kā­le­nā­va­cchi­dya­nte. ya­trā­va­cche­dā­rthe­na kālo no­pā­va­rta­te sa eṣa pū­rve­ṣām api gu­ruḥ. ya­thā­sya sa­rga­syā­dau pra­ka­rṣa­ga­tyā si­ddhas ta­thā­ti­krā­nta­sa­rgā­di­ṣv api pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ.

ta­sya vā­ca­kaḥ pra­ṇa­vaḥ [YS 1.27]

vā­cya īśva­raḥ pra­ṇa­va­sya. kim asya saṃ­ke­ta­kṛ­taṃ vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tvam atha pra­dī­pa­pra­kā­śa­vad ava­sthi­tam iti.

sthi­to­+a­sya vā­cya­sya vā­ca­ke­na saha saṃ­ba­ndhaḥ. saṃ­ke­tas tv īśra­va­sya sthi­tam evā­rtham abhi­na­ya­ti. ya­thā­va­sthi­taḥ pi­tṛ­pu­tra­yoḥ saṃ­ba­ndhaḥ saṃ­ke­te­nā­va­dyo­tya­te, ayam asya pitā, ayam asya pu­tra iti. sa­rgā­nta­re­ṣv api vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­śa­ktya­pe­kṣas ta­thai­va saṃ­ke­taḥ kri­ya­te. saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­tya­ta­yā ni­tyaḥ śa­bdā­rtha­saṃ­ba­ndha ity āga­mi­naḥ pra­ti­jā­na­te.

vi­jñā­ta­vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tva­sya yo­gi­naḥ ---

ta­jja­pas ta­da­rtha­bhā­va­nam [YS 1.28]

pra­ṇa­va­sya ja­paḥ pra­ṇa­vā­bhi­dhe­ya­sya ce­śva­ra­sya bhā­va­nam. tad asya yo­gi­naḥ pra­ṇa­vaṃ ja­pa­taḥ pra­ṇa­vā­rthaṃ ca bhā­va­ya­taś ci­ttam ekā­graṃ saṃ­pa­dya­te. ta­thā co­ktam ---

``svā­dhyā­yād yo­gam āsī­ta yo­gāt svā­dhyā­yam āma­net / svā­dhyā­ya­yo­ga­saṃ­pa­ttyā pa­ra­mā­tmā pra­kā­śa­te //''; iti.

kiṃ cā­sya bha­va­ti ---

ta­taḥ pra­tya­kce­ta­nā­dhi­ga­mo­+a­py anta­rā­yā­bhā­vaś ca [YS 1.29]

ye tā­vad anta­rā­yā vyā­dhi­pra­bhṛ­ta­yas te tā­vad īśva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nān na bha­va­nti. sva­rū­pa­da­rśa­nam apy asya bha­va­ti. ya­thai­ve­śva­raḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ śu­ddhaḥ pra­sa­nnaḥ ke­va­lo­+a­nu­pa­sa­rgas ta­thā­yam api bu­ddheḥ pra­ti­saṃ­ve­dī yaḥ pu­ru­ṣas tam adhi­ga­ccha­ti.

atha ke­+a­nta­rā­yā ye ci­tta­sya vi­kṣe­pāḥ. ke pu­nas te ki­ya­nto veti ---

vyā­dhi­styā­na­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­mā­dā­la­syā­vi­ra­ti­bhrā­nti­da­rśa­nā­la­bdha­bhū­mi­ka­tvā­na­va­sthi­ta­tvā­ni ci­tta­vi­kṣe­pās te­+a­nta­rā­yāḥ [YS 1.30]

na­vā­nta­rā­yāś ci­tta­sya vi­kṣe­pāḥ. sa­hai­te ci­tta­vṛ­tti­bhir bha­va­nti. ete­ṣām abhā­ve na bha­va­nti pū­rvo­ktāś ci­tta­vṛ­tta­yaḥ. vyā­dhir dhā­tu­ra­sa­ka­ra­ṇa­vai­ṣa­myam. styā­nam aka­rma­ṇya­tā ci­tta­sya. saṃ­śa­ya ubha­ya­ko­ṭi­spṛg vi­jñā­naṃ syād idam evaṃ nai­vaṃ syād iti. pra­mā­daḥ sa­mā­dhi­sā­dha­nā­nām abhā­va­nam. āla­syaṃ kā­ya­sya ci­tta­sya ca gu­ru­tvād apra­vṛ­ttiḥ. avi­ra­tiś ci­tta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­pra­yo­gā­tmā ga­rdhaḥ. bhrā­nti­da­rśa­naṃ vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nam. ala­bdha­bhū­mi­ka­tvaṃ sa­mā­dhi­bhū­mer alā­bhaḥ. ana­va­sthi­ta­tvaṃ yal la­bdhā­yāṃ bhū­mau ci­tta­syā­pra­ti­ṣṭhā. sa­mā­dhi­pra­ti­la­mbhe hi sati ta­da­va­sthi­taṃ syād iti. ete ci­tta­vi­kṣe­pā nava yo­ga­ma­lā yo­ga­pra­ti­pa­kṣā yo­gā­nta­rā­yā ity abhi­dhī­ya­nte.

duḥ­kha­dau­rma­na­syā­ṅga­me­ja­ya­tva­śvā­sa­pra­śvā­sā vi­kṣe­pa­sa­ha­bhu­vaḥ [YS 1.31]

duḥ­kham ādhyā­tmi­kam ādhi­bhau­ti­kam ādhi­dai­vi­kaṃ ca. ye­nā­bhi­ha­tāḥ prā­ṇi­nas ta­da­pa­ghā­tā­ya pra­ya­ta­nte tad duḥ­kham. dau­rma­na­syam icchā­vi­ghā­tāc ce­ta­saḥ kṣo­bhaḥ. yad aṅgā­ny eja­ya­ti ka­mpa­ya­ti tad aṅga­me­ja­ya­tvam. prā­ṇo yad bā­hyaṃ vā­yum ācā­ma­ti sa śvā­saḥ. yat kau­ṣṭhyaṃ vā­yuṃ niḥ­sā­ra­ya­ti sa pra­śvā­saḥ. ete vi­kṣe­pa­sa­ha­bhu­vo vi­kṣi­pta­ci­tta­syai­te bha­va­nti. sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­syai­te na bha­va­nti.

athai­te vi­kṣe­pāḥ sa­mā­dhi­pra­ti­pa­kṣās tā­bhyām evā­bhyā­sa­vai­rā­gyā­bhyāṃ ni­ro­ddha­vyāḥ. ta­trā­bhyā­sa­sya vi­ṣa­yam upa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn idam āha ---

ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtham eka­ta­ttvā­bhyā­saḥ [YS 1.32]

vi­kṣe­pa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtham eka­ta­ttvā­va­la­mba­naṃ ci­ttam abhya­set. ya­sya tu pra­tya­rtha­ni­ya­taṃ pra­tya­ya­mā­traṃ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ ca ci­ttaṃ ta­sya sa­rvam eva ci­ttam ekā­graṃ nā­sty eva vi­kṣi­ptam. yadi pu­nar idaṃ sa­rva­taḥ pra­tyā­hṛ­tyai­ka­smi­nn arthe sa­mā­dhī­ya­te tadā bha­va­ty ekā­gram ity ato na pra­tya­rtha­ni­ya­tam.

yo­+a­pi sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­ya­pra­vā­he­na ci­ttam ekā­graṃ ma­nya­te ta­syai­kā­gra­tā yadi pra­vā­ha­ci­tta­sya dha­rmas ta­dai­kaṃ nā­sti pra­vā­ha­ci­ttaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvāt. atha pra­vā­hāṃ­śa­syai­va pra­tya­ya­sya dha­rmaḥ, sa sa­rvaḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­ya­pra­vā­hī vā vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­ya­pra­vā­hī vā pra­tya­rtha­ni­ya­ta­tvād ekā­gra eve­ti vi­kṣi­pta­ci­ttā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ. ta­smād ekam ane­kā­rtham ava­sthi­taṃ ci­ttam iti.

yadi ca ci­tte­nai­ke­nā­na­nvi­tāḥ sva­bhā­va­bhi­nnāḥ pra­tya­yā jā­ye­ra­nn atha ka­tham anya­pra­tya­ya­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­nyaḥ sma­rtā bha­vet. anya­pra­tya­yo­pa­ci­ta­sya ca ka­rmā­śa­ya­syā­nyaḥ pra­tya­ya upa­bho­ktā bha­vet. ka­thaṃ­cit sa­mā­dhī­ya­mā­nam apy etad go­ma­ya­pā­ya­sī­ya­nyā­yam ākṣi.

kiṃ ca svā­tmā­nu­bha­vā­pa­hna­vaś ci­tta­syā­nya­tve prā­pno­ti. ka­tham, yad aham adrā­kṣaṃ tat spṛ­śā­mi yac cā­sprā­kṣaṃ tat pa­śyā­mī­ty aham iti pra­tya­yaḥ sa­rva­sya pra­tya­ya­sya bhe­de sati pra­tya­yi­ny abhe­de­no­pa­sthi­taḥ. eka­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yo­+a­yam abhe­dā­tmā­ham iti pra­tya­yaḥ ka­tham atya­nta­bhi­nne­ṣu ci­tte­ṣu va­rta­mā­naḥ sā­mā­nyam ekaṃ pra­tya­yi­nam āśra­yet. svā­nu­bha­va­grā­hyaś cā­yam abhe­dā­tmā­ham iti pra­tya­yaḥ. na ca pra­tya­kṣa­sya mā­hā­tmyaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇā­bhi­bhū­ya­te. pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­ba­le­nai­va vya­va­hā­raṃ la­bha­te. ta­smād ekam ane­kā­rtham ava­sthi­taṃ ca ci­ttam.

ya­sya ci­tta­syā­va­sthi­ta­sye­daṃ śā­stre­ṇa pa­ri­ka­rma ni­rdi­śya­te tat ka­tham ---

mai­trī­ka­ru­ṇā­mu­di­to­pe­kṣā­ṇāṃ su­kha­duḥ­kha­pu­ṇyā­pu­ṇya­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇāṃ bhā­va­nā­taś ci­tta­pra­sā­da­nam [YS 1.33]

ta­tra sa­rva­prā­ṇi­ṣu su­kha­saṃ­bho­gā­pa­nne­ṣu mai­trīṃ bhā­va­yet. duḥ­khi­te­ṣu ka­ru­ṇām. pu­ṇyā­tma­ke­ṣu mu­di­tām. apu­ṇya­śī­le­ṣū­pe­kṣām. evam asya bhā­va­ya­taḥ śu­klo dha­rma upa­jā­ya­te. ta­taś ca ci­ttaṃ pra­sī­da­ti. pra­sa­nnam ekā­graṃ sthi­ti­pa­daṃ la­bha­te.

pra­ccha­rda­na­vi­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ vā prā­ṇa­sya [YS 1.34]

kau­ṣṭhya­sya vā­yor nā­si­kā­pu­ṭā­bhyāṃ pra­ya­tna­vi­śe­ṣād va­ma­naṃ pra­ccha­rda­nam, vi­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ prā­ṇā­yā­mas tā­bhyāṃ vā ma­na­saḥ sthi­tiṃ saṃ­pā­da­yet.

vi­ṣa­ya­va­tī vā pra­vṛ­ttir utpa­nnā ma­na­saḥ sthi­ti­ni­ba­ndha­nī [YS 1.35]

nā­si­kā­gre dhā­ra­ya­to­+a­sya yā di­vya­ga­ndha­saṃ­vit sā ga­ndha­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ. ji­hvā­gre ra­sa­saṃ­vit. tā­lu­ni rū­pa­saṃ­vit. ji­hvā­ma­dhye spa­rśa­saṃ­vit. ji­hvā­mū­le śa­bda­saṃ­vid ity etā vṛ­tta­ya utpa­nnāś ci­ttaṃ sthi­tau ni­ba­dhna­nti, saṃ­śa­yaṃ vi­dha­ma­nti, sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­yāṃ ca dvā­rī­bha­va­ntī­ti. ete­na ca­ndrā­di­tya­gra­ha­ma­ṇi­pra­dī­pa­ra­śmyā­di­ṣu pra­vṛ­ttir utpa­nnā vi­ṣa­ya­va­ty eva ve­di­ta­vyā yady api hi ta­tta­cchā­strā­nu­mā­nā­cā­ryo­pa­de­śair ava­ga­tam artha­ta­ttvaṃ sa­dbhū­tam eva bha­va­ti. ete­ṣāṃ ya­thā­bhū­tā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­sā­ma­rthyāt, ta­thā­pi yā­vad eka­de­śo­+a­pi ka­ścin na sva­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ve­dyo bha­va­ti tā­vat sa­rvaṃ pa­ro­kṣam ivā­pa­va­rgā­di­ṣu sū­kṣme­ṣv arthe­ṣu na dṛ­ḍhāṃ bu­ddhim utpā­da­ya­ti. ta­smāc chā­strā­nu­mā­nā­cā­ryo­pa­de­śo­po­dba­la­nā­rtham evā­va­śyaṃ ka­ścid artha­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­tya­kṣī­ka­rta­vyaḥ. ta­tra ta­du­pa­di­ṣṭā­rthai­ka­de­śa­pra­tya­kṣa­tve sati sa­rvaṃ sū­kṣma­vi­ṣa­yam api āpa­va­rgāc chra­ddhī­ya­te. eta­da­rtham eve­daṃ ci­tta­pa­ri­ka­rma ni­rdi­śya­te. ani­ya­tā­su vṛ­tti­ṣu ta­dvi­ṣa­yā­yāṃ va­śī­kā­ra­saṃ­jñā­yām upa­jā­tā­yāṃ sa­ma­rthaṃ syāt ta­sya ta­syā­rtha­sya pra­tya­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­ye­ti. ta­thā ca sati śra­ddhā­vī­rya­smṛ­ti­sa­mā­dha­yo­+a­syā­pra­ti­ba­ndhe­na bha­vi­ṣya­ntī­ti.

vi­śo­kā vā jyo­ti­ṣma­tī [YS 1.36]

pra­vṛ­ttir utpa­nnā ma­na­saḥ sthi­ti­ni­ba­ndha­nī­ty anu­va­rta­te. hṛ­da­ya­pu­ṇḍa­rī­ke dhā­ra­ya­to yā bu­ddhi­saṃ­vit, bu­ddhi­sa­ttvaṃ hi bhā­sva­ram ākā­śa­ka­lpaṃ, ta­tra sthi­ti­vai­śā­ra­dyāt pra­vṛ­ttiḥ sū­rye­ndu­gra­ha­ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­rū­pā­kā­re­ṇa vi­ka­lpa­te. ta­thā­smi­tā­yāṃ sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ ci­ttaṃ ni­sta­ra­ṅga­ma­ho­da­dhi­ka­lpaṃ śā­ntam ana­ntam asmi­tā­mā­traṃ bha­va­ti. ya­tre­dam uktam --- ``tam aṇu­mā­tram ātmā­nam anu­vi­dyā­smī­ty evaṃ tā­vat saṃ­pra­jā­nī­te'' iti. eṣā dva­yī vi­śo­kā vi­ṣa­ya­va­tī, asmi­tā­mā­trā ca pra­vṛ­ttir jyo­ti­ṣma­tī­ty ucya­te. yayā yo­gi­naś ci­ttaṃ sthi­ti­pa­daṃ la­bha­ta iti.

vī­ta­rā­ga­vi­ṣa­yaṃ vā ci­ttam [YS 1.37]

vī­ta­rā­ga­ci­ttā­la­mba­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ vā yo­gi­naś ci­ttaṃ sthi­ti­pa­daṃ la­bha­ta iti.

sva­pna­ni­drā­jñā­nā­la­mba­naṃ vā [YS 1.38]

sva­pna­jñā­nā­la­mba­naṃ vā ni­drā­jñā­nā­la­mba­naṃ vā ta­dā­kā­raṃ yo­gi­naś ci­ttaṃ sthi­ti­pa­daṃ la­bha­ta iti.

ya­thā­bhi­ma­ta­dhyā­nād vā [YS 1.39]

yad evā­bhi­ma­taṃ tad eva dhyā­yet. ta­tra la­bdha­sthi­ti­kam anya­trā­pi sthi­ti­pa­daṃ la­bha­ta iti.

pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­nto­+a­sya va­śī­kā­raḥ [YS 1.40]

sū­kṣme ni­vi­śa­mā­na­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇva­ntaṃ sthi­ti­pa­daṃ la­bha­ta iti. sthū­le ni­vi­śa­mā­na­sya pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­ntaṃ sthi­ti­pa­daṃ ci­tta­sya. evaṃ tām ubha­yīṃ ko­ṭim anu­dhā­va­to yo­+a­syā­pra­tī­ghā­taḥ sa paro va­śī­kā­raḥ. ta­dva­śī­kā­rāt pa­ri­pū­rṇaṃ yo­gi­naś ci­ttaṃ na pu­nar abhyā­sa­kṛ­taṃ pa­ri­ka­rmā­pe­kṣa­ta iti.

atha la­bdha­sthi­ti­ka­sya ce­ta­saḥ kiṃ­sva­rū­pā kiṃ­vi­ṣa­yā vā sa­mā­pa­ttir iti, tad ucya­te ---

kṣī­ṇa­vṛ­tter abhi­jā­ta­sye­va ma­ṇer gra­hī­tṛ­gra­ha­ṇa­grā­hye­ṣu ta­tstha­ta­da­ñja­na­tā sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ [YS 1.41]

kṣī­ṇa­vṛ­tter iti pra­tya­sta­mi­ta­pra­tya­ya­sye­ty arthaḥ. abhi­jā­ta­sye­va ma­ṇer iti dṛ­ṣṭā­nto­pā­dā­nam. ya­thā spha­ṭi­ka upā­śra­ya­bhe­dāt ta­tta­drū­po­pa­ra­kta upā­śra­ya­rū­pā­kā­re­ṇa ni­rbhā­sa­te ta­thā grā­hyā­la­mba­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ ci­ttaṃ grā­hya­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ grā­hya­sva­rū­pā­kā­re­ṇa ni­rbhā­sa­te. bhū­ta­sū­kṣmo­pa­ra­ktaṃ bhū­ta­sū­kṣma­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ bhū­ta­sū­kṣma­sva­rū­pā­bhā­saṃ bha­va­ti. ta­thā sthū­lā­la­mba­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ sthū­la­rū­pa­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ sthū­la­rū­pā­bhā­saṃ bha­va­ti. ta­thā vi­śva­bhe­do­pa­ra­ktaṃ vi­śva­bhe­da­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ vi­śva­rū­pā­bhā­saṃ bha­va­ti.

ta­thā gra­ha­ṇe­ṣv apī­ndri­ye­ṣv api dra­ṣṭa­vyam. gra­ha­ṇā­la­mba­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ gra­ha­ṇa­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ gra­ha­ṇa­sva­rū­pā­kā­re­ṇa ni­rbhā­sa­te. ta­thā gra­hī­tṛ­pu­ru­ṣā­la­mba­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ gra­hī­tṛ­pu­ru­ṣa­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ gra­hī­tṛ­pu­ru­ṣa­sva­rū­pā­kā­re­ṇa ni­rbhā­sa­te. ta­thā mu­kta­pu­ru­ṣā­la­mba­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ mu­kta­pu­ru­ṣa­sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ mu­kta­pu­ru­ṣa­sva­rū­pā­kā­re­ṇa ni­rbhā­sa­ta iti. tad evam abhi­jā­ta­ma­ṇi­ka­lpa­sya ce­ta­so gra­hī­tṛ­gra­ha­ṇa­grā­hye­ṣu pu­ru­ṣe­ndri­ya­bhū­te­ṣu yā ta­tstha­ta­da­ñja­na­tā teṣu sthi­ta­sya ta­dā­kā­rā­pa­ttiḥ sā sa­mā­pa­ttir ity ucya­te.

ta­tra śa­bdā­rtha­jñā­na­vi­ka­lpaiḥ saṃ­kī­rṇā sa­vi­ta­rkā sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ [YS 1.42]

ta­dya­thā gaur iti śa­bdo gaur ity artho gaur iti jñā­nam ity avi­bhā­ge­na vi­bha­ktā­nām api gra­ha­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭam. vi­bha­jya­mā­nāś cā­nye śa­bda­dha­rmā anye­+a­rtha­dha­rmā anye vi­jñā­na­dha­rmā ity ete­ṣāṃ vi­bha­ktaḥ pa­nthāḥ. ta­tra sa­mā­pa­nna­sya yo­gi­no yo ga­vā­dya­rthaḥ sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­yāṃ sa­mā­rū­ḍhaḥ sa cec cha­bdā­rtha­jñā­na­vi­ka­lpā­nu­vi­ddha upā­va­rta­te sā saṃ­kī­rṇā sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ sa­vi­ta­rke­ty ucya­te.

yadā pu­naḥ śa­bda­saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­ti­pa­ri­śu­ddhau śru­tā­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­vi­ka­lpa­śū­nyā­yāṃ sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­yāṃ sva­rū­pa­mā­tre­ṇā­va­sthi­to 'rthas ta­tsva­rū­pā­kā­ra­mā­tra­ta­yai­vā­va­cchi­dya­te. sā ca ni­rvi­ta­rkā sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ. tat pa­raṃ pra­tya­kṣam. tac ca śru­tā­nu­mā­na­yor bī­jam. ta­taḥ śru­tā­nu­mā­ne pra­bha­va­taḥ. na ca śru­tā­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­sa­ha­bhū­taṃ tad da­rśa­nam. ta­smād asaṃ­kī­rṇaṃ praṃ­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇa yo­gi­no ni­rvi­ta­rka­sa­mā­dhi­jaṃ da­rśa­nam iti. ni­rvi­ta­rkā­yāḥ sa­mā­pa­tter asyāḥ sū­tre­ṇa la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dyo­tya­te ---

smṛ­ti­pa­ri­śu­ddhau sva­rū­pa­śū­nye­vā­rtha­mā­tra­ni­rbhā­sā ni­rvi­ta­rkā [YS 1.43]

yā śa­bda­saṃ­ke­ta­śru­tā­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­vi­ka­lpa­smṛ­ti­pa­ri­śu­ddhau grā­hya­sva­rū­pa.upa­ra­ktā pra­jñā svam iva pra­jñā­sva­rū­paṃ gra­ha­ṇā­tma­kaṃ tya­ktvā pa­dā­rtha­mā­tra­sva­rū­pā grā­hya­sva­rū­pā­pa­nne­va bha­va­ti sā tadā ni­rvi­ta­rkā sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ.

ta­thā ca vyā­kyā­taṃ ta­syā eka­bu­ddhyu­pa­kra­mo hy arthā­tmā­ṇu­pra­ca­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­tmā ga­vā­dir gha­ṭā­dir vā lo­kaḥ.

sa ca saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣo bhū­ta­sū­kṣmā­ṇāṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇo dha­rma ātma­bhū­taḥ pha­le­na vya­kte­nā­nu­mi­taḥ sva­vya­ñja­kā­ñja­naḥ prā­du­rbha­va­ti. dha­rmā­nta­ra­sya ka­pā­lā­der uda­ye ca ti­ro­bha­va­ti. sa eṣa dha­rmo­+a­va­ya­vī­ty ucya­te. yo­+a­sāv ekaś ca ma­hāṃś cā­ṇīṃ­yaś ca spa­rśa­vāṃś ca kri­yā­dha­rma­kaś cā­ni­tyaś ca te­nā­va­ya­vi­nā vya­va­hā­rāḥ kri­ya­nte.

ya­sya pu­nar ava­stu­kaḥ sa pra­ca­ya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ. sū­kṣmaṃ ca kā­ra­ṇam anu­pa­la­bhyam avi­ka­lpa­sya ta­syā­va­ya­vya­bhā­vād ata­drū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nam iti prā­ye­ṇa sa­rvam eva prā­ptaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nam iti. tadā ca sa­mya­gjñā­nam api kiṃ syād vi­ṣa­yā­bhā­vāt. yad yad upa­la­bhya­te tat tad ava­ya­vi­tve­nā­mnā­tam. ta­smād asty ava­ya­vī yo ma­ha­ttvā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­pa­nnaḥ sa­mā­pa­tter ni­rvi­ta­rkā­yā vi­ṣa­yī bha­va­ti.

eta­yai­va sa­vi­cā­rā ni­rvi­cā­rā ca sū­kṣma­vi­ṣa­yā vyā­khyā­tā [YS 1.44]

ta­tra bhū­ta­sū­kṣma­ke­ṣv abhi­vya­kta­dha­rma­ke­ṣu de­śa­kā­la­ni­mi­ttā­nu­bha­vā­va­cchi­nne­ṣu yā sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ sā sa­vi­cā­re­ty ucya­te. ta­trā­py eka­bu­ddhi­ni­rgrā­hyam evo­di­ta­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ bhū­ta­sū­kṣmam āla­mba­nī­bhū­taṃ sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­yām upa­ti­ṣṭha­te.

yā pu­naḥ sa­rva­thā sa­rva­taḥ śā­nto­di­tā­vya­pa­de­śya­dha­rmā­na­va­cchi­nne­ṣu sa­rva­dha­rmā­nu­pā­ti­ṣu sa­rva­dha­rmā­tma­ke­ṣu sa­mā­pa­ttiḥ sā ni­rvi­cā­re­ty ucya­te. evaṃ­sva­rū­paṃ hi ta­dbhū­ta­sū­kṣmam ete­nai­va sva­rū­pe­ṇā­la­mba­nī­bhū­tam eva sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­sva­rū­pam upa­ra­ñja­ya­ti.

pra­jñā ca sva­rū­pa­śū­nye­vā­rtha­mā­trā yadā bha­va­ti tadā ni­rvi­cā­re­ty ucya­te. ta­tra ma­ha­dva­stu­vi­ṣa­yā sa­vi­ta­rkā ni­rvi­ta­rkā ca, sū­kṣma­va­stu­vi­ṣa­yā sa­vi­cā­rā ni­rvi­cā­rā ca. evam ubha­yor eta­yai­va ni­rvi­ta­rka­yā vi­ka­lpa­hā­nir vyā­khyā­te­ti.

sū­kṣma­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ cā­li­ṅga­pa­rya­va­sā­nam [YS 1.45]

pā­rthi­va­syā­ṇor ga­ndha­ta­nmā­traṃ sū­kṣmo vi­ṣa­yaḥ. āpya­sya ra­sa­ta­nmā­tram. tai­ja­sa­sya rū­pa­ta­nmā­tram. vā­ya­vī­ya­sya spa­rśa­ta­nmā­tram. ākā­śa­sya śa­bda­ta­nmā­tram iti. te­ṣām ahaṃ­kā­raḥ. asyā­pi li­ṅga­mā­traṃ sū­kṣmo vi­ṣa­yaḥ. li­ṅga­mā­tra­syā­py ali­ṅgaṃ sū­kṣmo vi­ṣa­yaḥ. na cā­li­ṅgāt pa­raṃ sū­kṣmam asti. nanv asti pu­ru­ṣaḥ sū­kṣma iti sa­tyam. ya­thā li­ṅgāt pa­ram ali­ṅga­sya sau­kṣmyaṃ na cai­vaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya. kiṃ­tu, li­ṅga­syā­nva­yi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pu­ru­ṣo na bha­va­ti, he­tus tu bha­va­tī­ti. ataḥ pra­dhā­ne sau­kṣmyaṃ ni­ra­ti­śa­yaṃ vyā­khyā­tam.

tā eva sa­bī­jaḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ [YS 1.46]

tāś ca­ta­sraḥ sa­mā­pa­tta­yo ba­hi­rva­stu­bī­jā iti sa­mā­dhir api sa­bī­jaḥ. ta­tra sthū­le­+a­rthe sa­vi­ta­rko ni­rvi­ta­rkaḥ, sū­kṣme­+a­rthe sa­vi­cā­ro ni­rvi­cā­ra iti ca­tu­rdho­pa­saṃ­khyā­taḥ sa­mā­dhir iti.

ni­rvi­cā­ra­vai­śā­ra­dye­+a­dhyā­tma­pra­sā­daḥ [YS 1.47]

aśu­ddhyā­va­ra­ṇa­ma­lā­pe­ta­sya pra­kā­śā­tma­no bu­ddhi­sa­ttva­sya ra­ja­sta­mo­bhyām ana­bhi­bhū­taḥ sva­cchaḥ sthi­ti­pra­vā­ho vai­śā­ra­dyam. yadā ni­rvi­cā­ra­sya sa­mā­dher vai­śā­ra­dyam idaṃ jā­ya­te tadā yo­gi­no bha­va­ty adhyā­tma­pra­sā­do bhū­tā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kra­mā­na­nu­ro­dhī sphu­ṭaḥ pra­jñā­lo­kaḥ. ta­thā co­ktam --- ``

prajñāprasādam āruhya aśocyaḥ śocato janān /
bhūmiṣṭhān iva śailasthaḥ sarvān prājño+anupaśyati
''.

ṛtaṃ­bha­rā ta­tra pra­jñā [YS 1.48]

ta­smin sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­sya yā pra­jñā jā­ya­te ta­syā ṛtaṃ­bha­re­ti saṃ­jñā bha­va­ti. anva­rthā ca sā, sa­tyam eva bi­bha­rti na ca ta­tra vi­pa­ryā­sa­jñā­na­ga­ndho­+a­py astī­ti. ta­thā co­ktam ---

``

āgamenānumānena dhyānābhyāsarasena ca /
tridhā prakalpayan prajñāṃ labhate yogam uttamam
'' iti.

sā pu­naḥ ---

śru­tā­nu­mā­na­pra­jñā­bhyām anya­vi­ṣa­yā vi­śe­ṣā­rtha­tvāt [YS 1.49]

śru­tam āga­ma­vi­jñā­naṃ tat sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­yam. na hy āga­me­na śa­kyo vi­śe­ṣo­+a­bhi­dhā­tum, ka­smāt, na hi vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­taḥ śa­bda iti. ta­thā­nu­mā­naṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­yam eva. ya­tra prā­ptis ta­tra ga­tir ya­trā­prā­ptis ta­tra na bha­va­ti ga­tir ity uktam. anu­mā­ne­na ca sā­mā­nye­no­pa­saṃ­hā­raḥ. ta­smāc chru­tā­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­yo na vi­śe­ṣaḥ ka­ścid astī­ti.

na cā­sya sū­kṣma­vya­va­hi­ta­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­sya va­stu­no lo­ka­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gra­ha­ṇam asti. na cā­sya vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­syā­bhā­vo­+a­stī­ti sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­ni­rgrā­hya eva sa vi­śe­ṣo bha­va­ti bhū­ta­sū­kṣma­ga­to vā pu­ru­ṣa­ga­to vā. ta­smāc chru­tā­nu­mā­na­pra­jñā­bhyām anya­vi­ṣa­yā sā pra­jñā vi­śe­ṣā­rtha­tvād iti.

sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­pra­ti­la­mbhe yo­gi­naḥ pra­jñā­kṛ­taḥ saṃ­skā­ro navo navo jā­ya­te ---

ta­jjaḥ saṃ­skā­ro­+a­nya­saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­ba­ndhī [YS 1.50]

sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­pra­bha­vaḥ saṃ­skā­ro vyu­tthā­na­saṃ­skā­rā­śa­yaṃ bā­dha­te. vyu­tthā­na­saṃ­skā­rā­bhi­bha­vāt ta­tpra­bha­vāḥ pra­tya­yā na bha­va­nti. pra­tya­ya­ni­ro­dhe sa­mā­dhir upa­ti­ṣṭha­te. ta­taḥ sa­mā­dhi­jā pra­jñā, ta­taḥ pra­jñā­kṛ­tāḥ saṃ­skā­rā iti navo na­vaḥ saṃ­skā­rā­śa­yo jā­ya­te. ta­taś ca pra­jñā, ta­taś ca saṃ­skā­rā iti. ka­tham asau saṃ­skā­rā­ti­śa­yaś ci­ttaṃ sā­dhi­kā­raṃ na ka­ri­ṣya­tī­ti. na te pra­jñā­kṛ­tāḥ saṃ­skā­rāḥ kle­śa­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tvāc ci­ttam adhi­kā­ra­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ku­rva­nti. ci­ttaṃ hi te sva­kā­ryād ava­sā­da­ya­nti. khyā­ti­pa­rya­va­sā­naṃ hi ci­tta­ce­ṣṭi­tam iti.

kiṃ cā­sya bha­va­ti ---

ta­syā­pi ni­ro­dhe sa­rva­ni­ro­dhān ni­rbī­jaḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ [YS 1.51]

sa na ke­va­laṃ sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­vi­ro­dhī pra­jñā­kṛ­tā­nām api saṃ­skā­rā­ṇāṃ pra­ti­ba­ndhī bha­va­ti. ka­smāt, ni­ro­dha­jaḥ saṃ­skā­raḥ sa­mā­dhi­jān saṃ­skā­rān bā­dha­ta iti.

ni­ro­dha­sthi­ti­kā­la­kra­mā­nu­bha­ve­na ni­ro­dha­ci­tta­kṛ­ta­saṃ­skā­rā­sti­tvam anu­me­yam. vyu­tthā­na­ni­ro­dha­sa­mā­dhi­pra­bha­vaiḥ saha kai­va­lya­bhā­gī­yaiḥ saṃ­skā­raiś ci­ttaṃ sva­syāṃ pra­kṛ­tāv ava­sthi­tā­yāṃ pra­vi­lī­ya­te. ta­smāt te saṃ­skā­rāś ci­tta­syā­dhi­kā­ra­vi­ro­dhi­no na sthi­ti­he­ta­vo bha­va­ntī­ti. ya­smād ava­si­tā­dhi­kā­raṃ saha kai­va­lya­bhā­gī­yaiḥ saṃ­skā­raiś ci­ttaṃ ni­va­rta­te, ta­smin ni­vṛ­tte pu­ru­ṣaḥ sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pra­ti­ṣṭho­+a­taḥ śu­ddhaḥ ke­va­lo mu­kta ity ucya­ta iti.

iti śrīpātañjale sāṃkhyapravacane yogaśāstre śrīmadvyāsabhāṣye prathamaḥ samādhipādaḥ 1.

[Sā­dha­na­pā­daḥ]

uddi­ṣṭaḥ sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­sya yo­gaḥ. ka­thaṃ vyu­tthi­ta­ci­tto­+a­pi yo­ga­yu­ktaḥ syād ity etad āra­bhya­te ---

ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­ye­śva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­ni kri­yā­yo­gaḥ [YS 2.1]

nā­ta­pa­svi­no yo­gaḥ si­dhya­ti. anā­di­ka­rma­kle­śa­vā­sa­nā­ci­trā pra­tyu­pa­sthi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­jā­lā cā­śu­ddhir nā­nta­re­ṇa ta­paḥ saṃ­bhe­dam āpa­dya­ta iti ta­pa­sa upā­dā­nam. tac ca ci­tta­pra­sā­da­nam abā­dha­mā­nam ane­nā­se­vyam iti ma­nya­te.

svā­dhyā­yaḥ pra­ṇa­vā­di­pa­vi­trā­ṇāṃ japo mo­kṣa­śā­strā­dhya­ya­naṃ vā. īśva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ sa­rva­kri­yā­ṇāṃ pa­ra­ma­gu­rāv arpa­ṇaṃ ta­tpha­la­saṃ­nyā­so vā.

sa hi kri­yā­yo­gaḥ ---

sa­mā­dhi­bhā­va­nā­rthaḥ kle­śa­ta­nū­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaś ca [YS 2.2]

sa hy āse­vya­mā­naḥ sa­mā­dhiṃ bhā­va­ya­ti kle­śāṃś ca pra­ta­nū­ka­ro­ti. pra­ta­nū­kṛ­tān kle­śān pra­saṃ­khyā­nā­gni­nā da­gdha­bī­ja­ka­lpān apra­sa­va­dha­rmi­ṇaḥ ka­ri­ṣya­tī­ti. te­ṣāṃ ta­nū­ka­ra­ṇāt pu­naḥ kle­śair apa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭā sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­mā­tra­khyā­tiḥ sū­kṣmā pra­jñā sa­mā­ptā­dhi­kā­rā pra­ti­pra­sa­vā­ya ka­lpi­ṣya­ta iti.

atha ke kle­śāḥ ki­ya­nto veti ---

avi­dyā­smi­tā­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­bhi­ni­ve­śāḥ kle­śāḥ [YS 2.3]

kle­śā iti pa­ñca vi­pa­rya­yā ity arthaḥ. te spa­nda­mā­nā gu­ṇā­dhi­kā­raṃ dra­ḍha­ya­nti, pa­ri­ṇā­mam ava­sthā­pa­ya­nti, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­sro­ta unna­ma­ya­nti, pa­ra­spa­rā­nu­gra­ha­ta­ntrī­bhū­tvā ka­rma­vi­pā­kaṃ cā­bhi­ni­rha­ra­ntī­ti.

avi­dyā kṣe­tram utta­re­ṣāṃ pra­su­pta­ta­nu­vi­cchi­nno­dā­rā­ṇām [YS 2.4]

atrā­vi­dyā kṣe­traṃ pra­sa­va­bhū­mir utta­ra­re­ṣām asmi­tā­dī­nāṃ ca­tu­rvi­dha­vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ pra­su­pta­ta­nu­vi­cchi­nno­dā­rā­ṇām. ta­tra kā pra­su­ptiḥ. ce­ta­si śa­kti­mā­tra­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nāṃ bī­ja­bhā­vo­pa­ga­maḥ. ta­sya pra­bo­dha āla­mba­ne saṃ­mu­khī­bhā­vaḥ. pra­saṃ­khyā­na­va­to da­gdha­kle­śa­bī­ja­sya saṃ­mu­khī­bhū­te­+a­py āla­mba­ne nā­sau pu­nar asti, da­gdha­bī­ja­sya ku­taḥ pra­ro­ha iti. ataḥ kṣī­ṇa­kle­śaḥ ku­śa­laś ca­ra­ma­de­ha ity ucya­te. ta­trai­va sā da­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vā pa­ñca­mī kle­śā­va­sthā nā­nya­tre­ti. sa­tāṃ kle­śā­nāṃ tadā bī­ja­sā­ma­rthyaṃ da­gdham iti vi­ṣa­ya­sya saṃ­mu­khī­bhā­ve­+a­pi sati na bha­va­ty eṣāṃ pra­bo­dha ity uktā pra­su­ptir da­gdha­bī­jā­nām apra­ro­haś ca.

ta­nu­tvam ucya­te --- pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­no­pa­ha­tāḥ kle­śās ta­na­vo bha­va­nti. ta­thā vi­cchi­dya vi­cchi­dya tena te­nā­tma­nā pu­naḥ pu­naḥ sa­mu­dā­ca­ra­ntī­ti vi­cchi­nnāḥ. ka­thaṃ, rā­ga­kā­le kro­dha­syā­da­rśa­nāt. na hi rā­ga­kā­le kro­dhaḥ sa­mu­dā­ca­ra­ti. rā­gaś ca kva­cid dṛ­śya­mā­no na vi­ṣa­yā­nta­re nā­sti. nai­ka­syāṃ stri­yāṃ cai­tro ra­kta ity anyā­su strī­ṣu vi­ra­ktaḥ, kiṃ­tu ta­tra rāgo la­bdha­vṛ­ttir anya­tra tu bha­vi­ṣya­dvṛ­ttir iti. sa hi tadā pra­su­pta­ta­nu­vi­cchi­nno bha­va­ti.

vi­ṣa­ye yo la­bdha­vṛ­ttiḥ sa udā­raḥ. sa­rva evai­te kle­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ nā­ti­krā­ma­nti. kas ta­rhi vi­cchi­nnaḥ pra­su­ptas ta­nur udā­ro vā kle­śa iti, ucya­te --- sa­tyam evai­tat, kiṃ­tu vi­śi­ṣṭā­nām evai­te­ṣāṃ vi­cchi­nnā­di­tvam. ya­thai­va pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nā­to ni­vṛ­ttas ta­thai­va sva­vya­ñja­kā­ñja­ne­nā­bhi­vya­kta iti. sa­rva evā­mī kle­śā avi­dyā­bhe­dāḥ. ka­smāt, sa­rve­ṣv avi­dyai­vā­bhi­pla­va­te. yad avi­dya­yā va­stv ākā­rya­te tad evā­nu­śe­ra­te kle­śā vi­pa­ryā­sa­pra­tya­ya­kā­la upa­la­bhya­nte kṣī­ya­mā­ṇāṃ cā­vi­dyām anu kṣī­ya­nta iti.

ta­trā­vi­dyā­sva­rū­pam ucya­te ---

ani­tyā­śu­ci­duḥ­khā­nā­tma­su ni­tya­śu­ci­su­khā­tma­khyā­tir avi­dyā [YS 2.5]

ani­tye kā­rye ni­tya­khyā­tiḥ. ta­dya­thā --- dhru­vā pṛ­thi­vī, dhru­vā sa­ca­ndra­tā­ra­kā dyauḥ, amṛ­tā di­vau­ka­sa iti. ta­thā­śu­cau pa­ra­ma­bī­bha­tse kāye, ---

``

sthānād bījād upaṣṭambhān niḥsyandān nidhanād api /
kāyam ādheyaśaucatvāt paṇḍitā hy aśuciṃ viduḥ//
'' //

iti aśu­cau śu­ci­khyā­tir dṛ­śya­te. na­ve­va śa­śā­ṅka­le­khā ka­ma­nī­ye­yaṃ ka­nyā ma­dhva­mṛ­tā­va­ya­va­ni­rmi­te­va ca­ndraṃ bhi­ttvā niḥ­sṛ­te­va jñā­ya­te, nī­lo­tpa­la­pa­trā­ya­tā­kṣī hā­va­ga­rbhā­bhyāṃ lo­ca­nā­bhyāṃ jī­va­lo­kam āśvā­sa­ya­ntī­ve­ti ka­sya ke­nā­bhi­saṃ­ba­ndhaḥ. bha­va­ti cai­vam aśu­cau śu­ci­vi­pa­ryā­sa­pra­tya­ya iti. ete­nā­pu­ṇye pu­ṇya­pra­tya­yas ta­thai­vā­na­rthe cā­rtha­pra­tya­yo vyā­khyā­taḥ.

ta­thā duḥ­khe su­kha­khyā­tiṃ va­kṣya­ti --- ``pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tā­pa­saṃ­skā­ra­duḥ­khair gu­ṇa­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dhāc ca duḥ­kham eva sa­rvaṃ vi­ve­ki­naḥ'' iti. ta­tra su­kha­khyā­tir avi­dyā. ta­thā­nā­tma­ny ātma­khyā­tir bā­hyo­pa­ka­ra­ṇe­ṣu ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­ne­ṣu bho­gā­dhi­ṣṭhā­ne vā śa­rī­re pu­ru­ṣo­pa­ka­ra­ṇe vā ma­na­sy anā­tma­ny ātma­khyā­tir iti. ta­thai­tad atro­ktam --- ``vya­ktam avya­ktaṃ vā sa­ttvam ātma­tve­nā­bhi­pra­tī­tya ta­sya saṃ­pa­dam anu na­nda­ty ātma­saṃ­pa­daṃ ma­nvā­nas ta­sya vyā­pa­dam anu śo­ca­ty ātma­vyā­pa­daṃ ma­nvā­naḥ sa sa­rvo­+a­pra­ti­bu­ddhaḥ'' iti. eṣā ca­tu­ṣpa­dā bha­va­ty avi­dyā mū­lam asya kle­śa­saṃ­tā­na­sya ka­rmā­śa­ya­sya ca sa­vi­pā­ka­sye­ti.

ta­syāś cā­mi­trā­go­ṣpa­da­va­dva­stu­sa­ta­ttvaṃ vi­jñe­yam. ya­thā nā­mi­tro mi­trā­bhā­vo na mi­tra­mā­traṃ kiṃ­tu ta­dvi­ru­ddhaḥ sa­pa­tnaḥ. ya­thā vā­go­ṣpa­daṃ na go­ṣpa­dā­bhā­vo na go­ṣpa­da­mā­traṃ kiṃ­tu deśa eva tā­bhyām anyad va­stva­nta­ram. evam avi­dyā na pra­mā­ṇaṃ na pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ kiṃ­tu vi­dyā­vi­pa­rī­taṃ jñā­nā­nta­ram avi­dye­ti.

dṛ­gda­rśa­na­śa­ktyor ekā­tma­te­vā­smi­tā [YS 2.6]

pu­ru­ṣo dṛ­kśa­ktir bu­ddhir da­rśa­na­śa­ktir ity eta­yor eka­sva­rū­pā­pa­ttir ivā­smi­tā kle­śa ucya­te. bho­ktṛ­bho­gya­śa­ktyor atya­nta­vi­bha­kta­yor atya­ntā­saṃ­kī­rṇa­yor avi­bhā­ga­prā­ptāv iva sa­tyāṃ bho­gaḥ ka­lpa­te. sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­la­mbhe tu ta­yoḥ kai­va­lyam eva bha­va­ti kuto bho­ga iti. ta­thā co­ktam --- ``bu­ddhi­taḥ pa­raṃ pu­ru­ṣam ākā­ra­śī­la­vi­dyā­di­bhir vi­bha­ktam apa­śyan ku­ryāt ta­trā­tma­bu­ddhiṃ mo­he­na'' iti.

su­khā­nu­śa­yī rā­gaḥ [YS 2.7]

su­khā­bhi­jña­sya su­khā­nu­smṛ­ti­pū­rvaḥ su­khe ta­tsā­dha­ne vā yo ga­rdhas tṛ­ṣṇā lo­bhaḥ sa rāga iti.

duḥ­khā­nu­śa­yī dve­ṣaḥ [YS 2.8]

duḥ­khā­bhi­jña­sya duḥ­khā­nu­smṛ­ti­pū­rvo duḥ­khe ta­tsā­dha­ne vā yaḥ pra­ti­gho ma­nyur ji­ghāṃ­sā kro­dhaḥ sa dve­ṣaḥ.

sva­ra­sa­vā­hī vi­du­ṣo­+a­pi ta­thā rū­ḍho­+a­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ [YS 2.9]

sa­rva­sya prā­ṇi­na iyam ātmā­śīr ni­tyā bha­va­ti mā na bhū­vaṃ bhū­yā­sam iti. na cā­na­nu­bhū­ta­ma­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­ka­syai­ṣā bha­va­ty ātmā­śīḥ. eta­yā ca pū­rva­ja­nmā­nu­bha­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te. sa cā­yam abhi­ni­ve­śaḥ kle­śaḥ sva­ra­sa­vā­hī kṛ­mer api jā­ta­mā­tra­sya pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mair asaṃ­bhā­vi­to ma­ra­ṇa­trā­sa ucche­da­dṛ­ṣṭyā­tma­kaḥ pū­rva­ja­nmā­nu­bhū­taṃ ma­ra­ṇa­duḥ­kham anu­mā­pa­ya­ti.

ya­thā cā­yam atya­nta­mū­ḍhe­ṣu dṛ­śya­te kle­śas ta­thā vi­du­ṣo­+a­pi vi­jñā­ta­pū­rvā­pa­rā­nta­sya rū­ḍhaḥ. ka­smāt sa­mā­nā hi ta­yoḥ ku­śa­lā­ku­śa­la­yor ma­ra­ṇa­duḥ­khā­nu­bha­vād iyaṃ vā­sa­ne­ti.

te pra­ti­pra­sa­va­he­yāḥ sū­kṣmāḥ [YS 2.10]

te pa­ñca kle­śā da­gdha­bī­ja­ka­lpā yo­gi­naś ca­ri­tā­dhi­kā­re ce­ta­si pra­lī­ne saha te­nai­vā­staṃ ga­ccha­nti.

sthi­tā­nāṃ tu bī­ja­bhā­vo­pa­ga­tā­nām ---

dhyā­na­he­yās ta­dvṛ­tta­yaḥ [YS 2.11]

kle­śā­nāṃ yā vṛ­tta­yaḥ sthū­lās tāḥ kri­yā­yo­ge­na ta­nū­kṛ­tāḥ sa­tyaḥ pra­saṃ­khyā­ne­na dhyā­ne­na hā­ta­vyā yā­vat sū­kṣmī­kṛ­tā yā­vad da­gdha­bī­ja­ka­lpā iti. ya­thā va­strā­ṇāṃ sthū­lo ma­laḥ pū­rvaṃ ni­rdhū­ya­te pa­ścāt sū­kṣmo ya­tne­no­pā­ye­na cā­pa­nī­ya­te ta­thā sva­lpa­pra­ti­pa­kṣāḥ sthū­lā vṛ­tta­yaḥ kle­śā­nāṃ, sū­kṣmās tu ma­hā­pra­ti­pa­kṣā iti.

kle­śa­mū­laḥ ka­rmā­śa­yo dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaḥ [YS 2.12]

ta­tra pu­ṇyā­pu­ṇya­ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ kā­ma­lo­bha­mo­ha­kro­dha­bha­vaḥ. sa dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaś cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaś ca. ta­tra tī­vra­saṃ­ve­ge­na ma­ntra­ta­paḥ­sa­mā­dhi­bhir ni­rva­rti­ta īśva­ra­de­va­tā­ma­ha­rṣi­ma­hā­nu­bhā­vā­nām ārā­dha­nād vā yaḥ pa­ri­ni­ṣpa­nnaḥ sa sa­dyaḥ pa­ri­pa­cya­te pu­ṇya­ka­rmā­śa­ya iti. ta­thā tī­vra­kle­śe­na bhī­ta­vyā­dhi­ta­kṛ­pa­ṇe­ṣu vi­śvā­so­pa­ga­te­ṣu vā ma­hā­nu­bhā­ve­ṣu vā ta­pa­svi­ṣu kṛ­taḥ pu­naḥ pu­nar apa­kā­raḥ sa cāpi pā­pa­ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ sa­dya eva pa­ri­pa­cya­te. ya­thā na­ndī­śva­raḥ ku­mā­ro ma­nu­ṣya­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ hi­tvā de­va­tve­na pa­ri­ṇa­taḥ. ta­thā na­hu­ṣo­+a­pi de­vā­nām indraḥ sva­kaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ hi­tvā ti­rya­ktve­na pa­ri­ṇa­ta iti. ta­tra nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ nā­sti dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaḥ ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ. kṣī­ṇa­kle­śā­nām api nā­sty adṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaḥ ka­rmā­śa­ya iti.

sati mūle ta­dvi­pā­ko jā­tyā­yu­rbho­gāḥ [YS 2.13]

sa­tsu kle­śe­ṣu ka­rmā­śa­yo vi­pā­kā­ra­mbhī bha­va­ti no­cchi­nna­kle­śa­mū­laḥ. ya­thā tu­ṣā­va­na­ddhāḥ śā­li­ta­ṇḍu­lā ada­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vāḥ pra­ro­ha­sa­ma­rthā bha­va­nti, nā­pa­nī­ta­tu­ṣā da­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vā vā ta­thā kle­śā­va­na­ddhaḥ ka­rmā­śa­yo vi­pā­ka­pra­ro­hī bha­va­ti, nā­pa­nī­ta­kle­śo na pra­saṃ­khyā­na­da­gdha­kle­śa­bī­ja­bhā­vo veti. sa ca vi­pā­kas tri­vi­dho jā­tir āyur bho­ga iti.

ta­tre­daṃ vi­cā­rya­te --- kim ekaṃ ka­rmai­ka­sya ja­nma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇam athai­kaṃ ka­rmā­ne­kaṃ ja­nmā­kṣi­pa­tī­ti. dvi­tī­yā vi­cā­ra­ṇā --- kim ane­kaṃ ka­rmā­ne­kaṃ ja­nma ni­rva­rta­ya­ti athā­ne­kaṃ ka­rmai­kaṃ ja­nma ni­rva­rta­ya­tī­ti. na tā­vad ekaṃ ka­rmai­ka­sya ja­nma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇam. ka­smāt, anā­di­kā­la­pra­ci­ta­syā­saṃ­khye­ya­syā­va­śi­ṣṭa­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­sya ca pha­la­kra­mā­ni­ya­mād anā­śvā­so lo­ka­sya pra­sa­ktaḥ, sa cā­ni­ṣṭa iti. na cai­kaṃ ka­rmā­ne­ka­sya ja­nma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇam. ka­smāt, ane­ke­ṣu ka­rma­su ekai­kam eva ka­rmā­ne­ka­sya ja­nma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇam ity ava­śi­ṣṭa­sya vi­pā­ka­kā­lā­bhā­vaḥ pra­sa­ktaḥ, sa cāpy ani­ṣṭa iti. na cā­ne­kaṃ ka­rmā­ne­ka­sya ja­nma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇam. ka­smāt, tad ane­kaṃ ja­nma yu­ga­pan na saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti kra­me­ṇai­va vā­cyam. ta­thā ca pū­rva­do­ṣā­nu­ṣa­ṅgaḥ.

ta­smāj ja­nma­prā­ya­ṇā­nta­re kṛ­taḥ pu­ṇyā­pu­ṇya­ka­rmā­śa­ya­pra­ca­yo vi­ci­traḥ pra­dhā­no­pa­sa­rja­na­bhā­ve­nā­va­sthi­taḥ prā­ya­ṇā­bhi­vya­kta eka­pra­gha­ṭṭa­ke­na ma­ra­ṇaṃ pra­sā­dhya saṃ­mū­rchi­ta ekam eva ja­nma ka­ro­ti. tac ca ja­nma te­nai­va ka­rma­ṇā la­bdhā­yu­ṣkaṃ bha­va­ti. ta­smi­nn āyu­ṣi te­nai­va ka­rma­ṇā bho­gaḥ saṃ­pa­dya­ta iti. asau ka­rmā­śa­yo ja­nmā­yu­rbho­ga­he­tu­tvāt tri­vi­pā­ko­+a­bhi­dhī­ya­ta iti. ata eka­bha­vi­kaḥ ka­rmā­śa­ya ukta iti.

dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yas tv eka­vi­pā­kā­ra­mbhī bho­ga­he­tu­tvād dvi­vi­pā­kā­ra­mbhī vā­yu­rbho­ga­he­tu­tvān na­ndī­śva­ra­van na­hu­ṣa­vad veti. kle­śa­ka­rma­vi­pā­kā­nu­bha­va­ni­rva­rti­tā­bhis tu vā­sa­nā­bhir anā­di­kā­la­saṃ­mū­rchi­tam idaṃ ci­ttaṃ vi­ci­trī­kṛ­tam iva sa­rva­to ma­tsya­jā­laṃ gra­nthi­bhir ivā­ta­tam ity etā ane­ka­bha­va­pū­rvi­kā vā­sa­nāḥ. yas tv ayaṃ ka­rmā­śa­ya eṣa evai­ka­bha­vi­ka ukta iti. ye saṃ­skā­rāḥ smṛ­ti­he­ta­vas tā vā­sa­nās tāś cā­nā­di­kā­lī­nā iti.

yas tv asāv eka­bha­vi­kaḥ ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ sa ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­kaś cā­ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­kaś ca. ta­tra dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­ya­sya ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­syai­vā­yaṃ ni­ya­mo na tv adṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­ya­syā­ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­sya ka­smāt. yo hy adṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yo­+a­ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­kas ta­sya tra­yī ga­tiḥ --- kṛ­ta­syā­vi­pa­kva­sya nā­śaḥ, pra­dhā­na­ka­rma­ṇy āvā­pa­ga­ma­naṃ vā, ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­pra­dhā­na­ka­rma­ṇā­bhi­bhū­ta­sya vā ci­ram ava­sthā­nam iti.

ta­tra kṛ­ta­syā­vi­pa­kva­sya nāśo ya­thā śu­kla­ka­rmo­da­yād ihai­va nā­śaḥ kṛ­ṣṇa­sya. ya­tre­dam uktam --- ``dve dve ha vai ka­rma­ṇī ve­di­ta­vye pā­pa­ka­syai­ko rā­śiḥ pu­ṇya­kṛ­to­+a­pa­ha­nti tad iccha­sva ka­rmā­ṇi su­kṛ­tā­ni ka­rtum ihai­va te ka­rma ka­va­yo ve­da­ya­nte.''

pra­dhā­na­ka­rma­ṇy āvā­pa­ga­ma­nam. ya­tre­dam uktaṃ --- ``syāt sva­lpaḥ saṃ­ka­raḥ sa­pa­ri­hā­raḥ sa­pra­tya­va­ma­rṣaḥ ku­śa­la­sya nā­pa­ka­rṣā­yā­lam. ka­smāt, ku­śa­laṃ hi me bahv anyad asti ya­trā­yam āvā­paṃ ga­taḥ sva­rge­+a­py apa­ka­rṣam alpaṃ ka­ri­ṣya­ti'' iti.

ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­pra­dhā­na­ka­rma­ṇā­bhi­bhū­ta­sya vā ci­ram ava­sthā­nam. ka­tham iti, adṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­ya­syai­va ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ sa­mā­naṃ ma­ra­ṇam abhi­vya­kti­kā­ra­ṇam uktam. na tv adṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­ya­syā­ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­sya. yat tv adṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaṃ ka­rmā­ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­kaṃ tan na­śyed āvā­paṃ vā ga­cched abhi­bhū­taṃ vā ci­ram apy upā­sī­ta, yā­vat sa­mā­naṃ ka­rmā­bhi­vya­ñja­kaṃ ni­mi­ttam asya na vi­pā­kā­bhi­mu­khaṃ ka­ro­tī­ti. ta­dvi­pā­ka­syai­va de­śa­kā­la­ni­mi­ttā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇād iyaṃ ka­rma­ga­tiś ci­trā du­rvi­jñā­nā ceti. na co­tsa­rga­syā­pa­vā­dān ni­vṛ­ttir ity eka­bha­vi­kaḥ ka­rmā­śa­yo­+a­nu­jñā­ya­ta iti.

te hlā­da­pa­ri­tā­pa­pha­lāḥ pu­ṇyā­pu­ṇya­he­tu­tvāt [YS 2.14]

te ja­nmā­yu­rbho­gāḥ pu­ṇya­he­tu­kāḥ su­kha­pha­lā apu­ṇya­he­tu­kā duḥ­kha­pha­lā iti. ya­thā ce­daṃ duḥ­khaṃ pra­ti­kū­lā­tma­kam evaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­su­kha­kā­le­+a­pi duḥ­kham asty eva pra­ti­kū­lā­tma­kaṃ yo­gi­naḥ.

ka­thaṃ, tad upa­pā­dya­te ---

pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tā­pa­saṃ­skā­ra­duḥ­khair gu­ṇa­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dhāc ca duḥ­kham eva sa­rvaṃ vi­ve­ki­naḥ [YS 2.15]

sa­rva­syā­yaṃ rā­gā­nu­vi­ddhaś ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­na­sā­dha­nā­dhī­naḥ su­khā­nu­bha­va iti ta­trā­sti rā­ga­jaḥ ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ. ta­thā ca dve­ṣṭi duḥ­kha­sā­dha­nā­ni mu­hya­ti ceti dve­ṣa­mo­ha­kṛ­to­+a­py asti ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ. ta­thā co­ktam --- ``nā­nu­pa­ha­tya bhū­tā­ny upa­bho­gaḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti hiṃ­sā­kṛ­to­+a­py asti śa­rī­raḥ ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ'' iti. vi­ṣa­ya­su­khaṃ cā­vi­dye­ty uktam.

yā bho­ge­ṣv indri­yā­ṇāṃ tṛ­pter upa­śā­ntis tat su­kham. yā lau­lyād anu­pa­śā­ntis tad duḥ­kham. na ce­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ bho­gā­bhyā­se­na vai­tṛ­ṣṇyaṃ ka­rtuṃ śa­kyam. ka­smāt, yato bho­gā­bhyā­sam anu vi­va­rdha­nte rā­gāḥ kau­śa­lā­ni ce­ndri­yā­ṇām iti. ta­smād anu­pā­yaḥ su­kha­sya bho­gā­bhyā­sa iti. sa kha­lv ayaṃ vṛ­ści­ka­vi­ṣa­bhī­ta ivā­śī­vi­ṣe­ṇa da­ṣṭo yaḥ su­khā­rthī vi­ṣa­yā­nu­vā­si­to ma­ha­ti duḥ­kha­pa­ṅke ni­ma­gna iti. eṣā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­duḥ­kha­tā nāma pra­ti­kū­lā su­khā­va­sthā­yām api yo­gi­nam eva kli­śnā­ti.

atha kā tā­pa­duḥ­kha­tā, sa­rva­sya dve­ṣā­nu­vi­ddhaś ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­na­sā­dha­nā­dhī­nas tā­pā­nu­bha­va iti ta­trā­sti dve­ṣa­jaḥ ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ. su­kha­sā­dha­nā­ni ca prā­rtha­ya­mā­naḥ kā­ye­na vācā ma­na­sā ca pa­ri­spa­nda­te ta­taḥ pa­ram anu­gṛ­hṇā­ty upa­ha­nti ceti pa­rā­nu­gra­ha­pī­ḍā­bhyāṃ dha­rmā­dha­rmāv upa­ci­no­ti. sa ka­rmā­śa­yo lo­bhān mo­hāc ca bha­va­tī­ty eṣā tā­pa­duḥ­kha­to­cya­te. kā pu­naḥ saṃ­skā­ra­duḥ­kha­tā, su­khā­nu­bha­vāt su­kha­saṃ­skā­rā­śa­yo duḥ­khā­nu­bha­vād api duḥ­kha­saṃ­skā­rā­śa­ya iti. evaṃ ka­rma­bhyo vi­pā­ke­+a­nu­bhū­ya­mā­ne su­khe duḥ­khe vā pu­naḥ ka­rmā­śa­ya­pra­ca­ya iti.

evam idam anā­di duḥ­kha­sro­to vi­pra­sṛ­taṃ yo­gi­nam eva pra­ti­kū­lā­tma­ka­tvād udve­ja­ya­ti. ka­smāt, akṣi­pā­tra­ka­lpo hi vi­dvān iti. ya­tho­rṇā­ta­ntur akṣi­pā­tre nya­staḥ spa­rśe­na duḥ­kha­ya­ti na cā­nye­ṣu gā­trā­va­ya­ve­ṣu, evam etā­ni duḥ­khā­ny akṣi­pā­tra­ka­lpaṃ yo­gi­nam eva kli­śna­nti ne­ta­raṃ pra­ti­pa­ttā­ram. ita­raṃ tu sva­ka­rmo­pa­hṛ­taṃ duḥ­kham upā­ttam upā­ttaṃ tya­ja­ntaṃ tya­ktaṃ tya­ktam upā­da­dā­nam anā­di­vā­sa­nā­vi­ci­tra­yā ci­tta­vṛ­ttyā sa­ma­nta­to 'nu­vi­ddham ivā­vi­dya­yā hā­ta­vya evā­haṃ­kā­ra­ma­ma­kā­rā­nu­pā­ti­naṃ jā­taṃ jā­taṃ bā­hyā­dhyā­tmi­ko­bha­ya­ni­mi­ttās tri­pa­rvā­ṇas tāpā anu­pla­va­nte. tad evam anā­di­nā duḥ­kha­sro­ta­sā vyu­hya­mā­nam ātmā­naṃ bhū­ta­grā­maṃ ca dṛ­ṣṭvā yogī sa­rva­duḥ­kha­kṣa­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ śa­ra­ṇaṃ pra­pa­dya­ta iti.

gu­ṇa­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dhāc ca duḥ­kham eva sa­rvaṃ vi­ve­ki­naḥ. pra­khyā­pra­vṛ­tti­sthi­ti­rū­pā bu­ddhi­gu­ṇāḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­nu­gra­ha­ta­ntrī bhū­tvā śā­ntaṃ gho­raṃ mū­ḍhaṃ vā pra­tya­yaṃ tri­gu­ṇam evā­ra­bha­nte. ca­laṃ ca gu­ṇa­vṛ­ttam iti kṣi­pra­pa­ri­ṇā­mi ci­ttam uktam. rū­pā­ti­śa­yā vṛ­ttya­ti­śa­yāś ca pa­ra­spa­re­ṇa vi­ru­dhya­nte, sā­mā­nyā­ni tv ati­śa­yaiḥ saha pra­va­rta­nte. evam ete guṇā ita­re­ta­rā­śra­ye­ṇo­pā­rji­ta­su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­ha­pra­tya­yāḥ sa­rve sa­rva­rū­pā bha­va­ntī­ti, gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­kṛ­tas tv eṣāṃ vi­śe­ṣa iti. ta­smād duḥ­kham eva sa­rvaṃ vi­ve­ki­na iti.

tad asya ma­ha­to duḥ­kha­sa­mu­dā­ya­sya pra­bha­va­bī­jam avi­dyā. ta­syāś ca sa­mya­gda­rśa­nam abhā­va­he­tuḥ. ya­thā ci­ki­tsā­śā­straṃ ca­tu­rvyū­ham --- rogo ro­ga­he­tur āro­gyaṃ bhai­ṣa­jyam iti. evam idam api śā­stram ca­tu­rvyū­ham eva. ta­dya­thā --- saṃ­sā­raḥ saṃ­sā­ra­he­tur mo­kṣo mo­kṣo­pā­ya iti. ta­tra duḥ­kha­ba­hu­laḥ saṃ­sā­ro he­yaḥ. pra­dhā­na­pu­ru­ṣa­yoḥ saṃ­yo­go he­ya­he­tuḥ. saṃ­yo­ga­syā­tya­nti­kī ni­vṛ­ttir hā­nam. hā­no­pā­yaḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nam.

ta­tra hā­tuḥ sva­rū­pam upā­de­yaṃ vā he­yaṃ vā na bha­vi­tum arha­tī­ti hāne ta­syo­cche­da­vā­da­pra­sa­ṅga upā­dā­ne ca he­tu­vā­daḥ. ubha­ya­pra­tyā­khyā­ne śā­śva­ta­vā­da ity etat sa­mya­gda­rśa­nam.

tad etac chā­straṃ ca­tu­rvyū­ham ity abhi­dhī­ya­te ---

he­yaṃ duḥ­kham anā­ga­tam [YS 2.16]

duḥ­kham atī­tam upa­bho­ge­nā­ti­vā­hi­taṃ na he­ya­pa­kṣe va­rta­te. va­rta­mā­naṃ ca sva­kṣa­ṇe bho­gā­rū­ḍham iti na tat kṣa­ṇā­nta­re he­ya­tām āpa­dya­te. ta­smād yad evā­nā­ga­taṃ duḥ­khaṃ tad evā­kṣi­pā­tra­ka­lpaṃ yo­gi­naṃ kli­śnā­ti ne­ta­raṃ pra­ti­pa­ttā­ram. tad eva he­ya­tām āpa­dya­te.

ta­smād yad eva he­yam ity ucya­te ta­syai­va kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ti­ni­rdi­śya­te ---

dra­ṣṭṛ­dṛ­śya­yoḥ saṃ­yo­go he­ya­he­tuḥ [YS 2.17]

dra­ṣṭā bu­ddheḥ pra­ti­saṃ­ve­dī pu­ru­ṣaḥ. dṛ­śyā bu­ddhi­sa­ttvo­pā­rū­ḍhāḥ sa­rve dha­rmāḥ. tad etad dṛ­śyam aya­skā­nta­ma­ṇi­ka­lpaṃ saṃ­ni­dhi­mā­tro­pa­kā­ri dṛ­śya­tve­na svaṃ bha­va­ti pu­ru­ṣa­sya dṛ­śi­rū­pa­sya svā­mi­naḥ, anu­bha­va­ka­rma­vi­ṣa­ya­tām āpa­nnaṃ ya­taḥ. anya­sva­rū­pe­ṇa pra­ti­la­bdhā­tma­kaṃ sva­ta­ntram api pa­rā­rtha­tvāt pa­ra­ta­ntram.

ta­yor dṛ­gda­rśa­na­śa­ktyor anā­dir artha­kṛ­taḥ saṃ­yo­go he­ya­he­tur duḥ­kha­sya kā­ra­ṇam ity arthaḥ. ta­thā co­ktam --- ta­tsaṃ­yo­ga­he­tu­vi­va­rja­nāt syād ayam ātya­nti­ko duḥ­kha­pra­tī­kā­raḥ. ka­smāt, duḥ­kha­he­toḥ pa­ri­hā­rya­sya pra­tī­kā­ra­da­rśa­nāt. ta­dya­thā --- pā­da­ta­la­sya bhe­dya­tā, ka­ṇṭa­ka­sya bhe­ttṛ­tvaṃ, pa­ri­hā­raḥ ka­ṇṭa­ka­sya pā(pa)dā­na­dhi­ṣṭhā­naṃ pā­da­trā­ṇa­vya­va­hi­te­na vā­dhi­ṣṭhā­nam, etat tra­yaṃ yo veda loke sa ta­tra pra­tī­kā­ram āra­bha­mā­ṇo bhe­da­jaṃ duḥ­khaṃ nā­pno­ti. ka­smāt, tri­tvo­pa­la­bdhi­sā­ma­rthyād iti. atrā­pi tā­pa­ka­sya ra­ja­saḥ sa­ttvam eva ta­pyam. ka­smāt, ta­pi­kri­yā­yāḥ ka­rma­stha­tvāt, sa­ttve ka­rma­ṇi ta­pi­kri­yā nā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni ni­ṣkri­ye kṣe­tra­jñe, da­rśi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvāt. sa­ttve tu ta­pya­mā­ne ta­dā­kā­rā­nu­ro­dhī pu­ru­ṣo­+a­py anu­ta­pya­ta iti.

dṛ­śya­sva­rū­pam ucya­te ---

pra­kā­śa­kri­yā­sthi­ti­śī­laṃ bhū­te­ndri­yā­tma­kaṃ bho­gā­pa­va­rgā­rthaṃ dṛ­śyam [YS 2.18]

pra­kā­śa­śī­laṃ sa­ttvam. kri­yā­śī­laṃ ra­jaḥ sthi­ti­śī­laṃ tama iti. ete gu­ṇāḥ pa­ra­spa­ro­pa­ra­kta­pra­vi­bhā­gāḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­yo­ga­dha­rmā­ṇa ita­re­ta­ro­pā­śra­ye­ṇo­pā­rji­ta­mū­rta­yaḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­ṅgā­ṅgi­tve­+a­py asaṃ­bhi­nna­śa­kti­pra­vi­bhā­gās tu­lya­jā­tī­yā­tu­lya­jā­tī­ya­śa­kti­bhe­dā­nu­pā­ti­naḥ pra­dhā­na­ve­lā­yām upa­da­rśi­ta­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā gu­ṇa­tve­+a­pi ca vyā­pā­ra­mā­tre­ṇa pra­dhā­nā­nta­rṇī­tā­nu­mi­tā­sti­tāḥ pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­ka­rta­vya­ta­yā pra­yu­kta­sā­ma­rthyāḥ saṃ­ni­dhi­mā­tro­pa­kā­ri­ṇo­+a­ya­skā­nta­ma­ṇi­ka­lpāḥ pra­tya­yam anta­re­ṇai­ka­ta­ma­sya vṛ­ttim anu­va­rta­mā­nāḥ pra­dhā­na­śa­bda­vā­cyā bha­va­nti. etad dṛ­śyam ity ucya­te.

tad etad bhū­te­ndri­yā­tma­kaṃ bhū­ta­bhā­ve­na pṛ­thi­vyā­di­nā sū­kṣma­sthū­le­na pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te. ta­the­ndri­ya­bhā­ve­na śro­trā­di­nā sū­kṣma­sthū­le­na pa­ri­ṇa­ma­ta iti. tat tu nā­pra­yo­ja­nam api tu pra­yo­ja­nam ura­rī­kṛ­tya pra­va­rta­ta iti bho­gā­pa­va­rgā­rthaṃ hi tad dṛ­śyaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sye­ti. ta­tre­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­gu­ṇa­sva­rū­pā­va­dhā­ra­ṇam avi­bhā­gā­pa­nnaṃ bho­go bho­ktuḥ sva­rū­pā­va­dhā­ra­ṇam apa­va­rga iti. dva­yor ati­ri­ktam anyad da­rśa­naṃ nā­sti. ta­thā co­ktam --- ayaṃ tu kha­lu tri­ṣu gu­ṇe­ṣu ka­rtṛ­ṣv aka­rta­ri ca pu­ru­ṣe tu­lyā­tu­lya­jā­tī­ye ca­tu­rthe ta­tkri­yā­sā­kṣi­ṇy upa­nī­ya­mā­nān sa­rva­bhā­vān upa­pa­nnān anu­pa­śya­nn ada­rśa­nam anyac cha­ṅka­ta iti.

tāv etau bho­gā­pa­va­rgau bu­ddhi­kṛ­tau bu­ddhāv eva va­rta­mā­nau ka­thaṃ pu­ru­ṣe vya­pa­di­śye­te iti. ya­thā vi­ja­yaḥ pa­rā­ja­yo vā yo­ddhṛ­ṣu va­rta­mā­naḥ svā­mi­ni vya­pa­di­śya­te, sa hi ta­tpha­la­sya bho­kte­ti, evaṃ ba­ndha­mo­kṣau bu­ddhāv eva va­rta­mā­nau pu­ru­ṣe vya­pa­di­śye­te, sa hi ta­tpha­la­sya bho­kte­ti. bu­ddher eva pu­ru­ṣā­rthā­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptir ba­ndhas ta­da­rthā­va­sā­yo mo­kṣa iti. ete­na gra­ha­ṇa­dhā­ra­ṇo­hā­po­ha­ta­ttva­jñā­nā­bhi­ni­ve­śā bu­ddhau va­rta­mā­nāḥ pu­ru­ṣe­+a­dhyā­ro­pi­ta­sa­dbhā­vāḥ. sa hi ta­tpha­la­sya bho­kte­ti.

dṛ­śyā­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ sva­rū­pa­bhe­dā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtham idam āra­bhya­te ---

vi­śe­ṣā­vi­śe­ṣa­li­ṅga­mā­trā­li­ṅgā­ni gu­ṇa­pa­rvā­ṇi [YS 2.19]

ta­trā­kā­śa­vā­yva­gnyu­da­ka­bhū­ma­yo bhū­tā­ni śa­bda­spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­ga­ndha­ta­nmā­trā­ṇām avi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ vi­śe­ṣāḥ. ta­thā śro­tra­tva­kca­kṣu­rji­hvā­ghrā­ṇā­ni bu­ddhī­ndri­yā­ṇi, vā­kpā­ṇi­pā­da­pā­yū­pa­sthāḥ ka­rme­ndri­yā­ṇi, ekā­da­śaṃ ma­naḥ sa­rvā­rtham, ity etā­ny asmi­tā­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­sya vi­śe­ṣāḥ. gu­ṇā­nām eṣa ṣo­ḍa­śa­ko vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ.

ṣaḍ avi­śe­ṣāḥ. ta­dya­thā --- śa­bda­ta­nmā­traṃ spa­rśa­ta­nmā­traṃ rū­pa­ta­nmā­traṃ ra­sa­ta­nmā­traṃ ga­ndha­ta­nmā­traṃ ceti eka­dvi­tri­ca­tuḥ­pa­ñca­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ śa­bdā­da­yaḥ pa­ñcā­vi­śe­ṣāḥ, ṣa­ṣṭhaś cā­vi­śe­ṣo­+a­smi­tā­mā­tra iti. ete sa­ttā­mā­tra­syā­tma­no ma­ha­taḥ ṣa­ḍa­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ri­ṇā­māḥ. yat tat pa­ra­ma­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo li­ṅga­mā­traṃ ma­ha­tta­ttvaṃ ta­smi­nn ete sa­ttā­mā­tre ma­ha­ty ātma­ny ava­sthā­ya vi­vṛ­ddhi­kā­ṣṭhām anu­bha­va­nti.

pra­ti­saṃ­sṛ­jya­mā­nāś ca ta­smi­nn eva sa­ttā­mā­tre ma­ha­ty ātma­ny ava­sthā­ya yat tan niḥ­sa­ttā­sa­ttaṃ niḥ­sa­da­san ni­ra­sad avya­ktam ali­ṅgaṃ pra­dhā­naṃ tat pra­ti­ya­nti. eṣa te­ṣāṃ li­ṅga­mā­traḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo niḥ­sa­ttā­sa­ttaṃ cā­li­ṅga­pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti.

ali­ṅgā­va­sthā­yāṃ na pu­ru­ṣā­rtho he­tur nā­li­ṅgā­va­sthā­yām ādau pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tā kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­tī­ti. na ta­syāḥ pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tā kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­tī­ti. nā­sau pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­kṛ­te­ti ni­tyā­khyā­ya­te. tra­yā­ṇāṃ tv ava­sthā­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇām ādau pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tā kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti. sa cā­rtho he­tur ni­mi­ttaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­tī­ty ani­tyā­khyā­ya­te. gu­ṇās tu sa­rva­dha­rmā­nu­pā­ti­no na pra­tya­stam aya­nte no­pa­jā­ya­nte. vya­kti­bhir evā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­vya­yā­ga­ma­va­tī­bhir gu­ṇā­nva­yi­nī­bhir upa­ja­na­nā­pā­ya­dha­rma­kā iva pra­tya­va­bhā­sa­nte. ya­thā de­va­da­tto da­ri­drā­ti. ka­smāt ya­to­+a­sya mri­ya­nte gāva iti, ga­vām eva ma­ra­ṇāt ta­sya da­ri­drā­ṇaṃ na sva­rū­pa­hā­nād iti sa­maḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ.

li­ṅga­mā­tram ali­ṅga­sya pra­tyā­sa­nnaṃ, ta­tra tat saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭaṃ vi­vi­cya­te kra­mān ati­vṛ­tta­yaḥ. ta­thā ṣaḍ avi­śe­ṣā li­ṅga­mā­tre saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā vi­vi­cya­nte pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­ma­ni­ya­māt. ta­thā teṣv avi­śe­ṣe­ṣu bhū­te­ndri­yā­ṇi saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā­ni vi­vi­cya­nte. ta­thā co­ktaṃ pu­ra­stāt. na vi­śe­ṣe­bhyaḥ pa­raṃ ta­ttvā­nta­ram astī­ti vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ nā­sti ta­ttvā­nta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. te­ṣāṃ tu dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­mā vyā­khyā­yi­ṣya­nte.

vyā­khyā­taṃ dṛ­śyam atha dra­ṣṭuḥ sva­rū­pā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtham idam āra­bhya­te ---

dra­ṣṭā dṛ­śi­mā­traḥ śu­ddho­+a­pi pra­tya­yā­nu­pa­śyaḥ [YS 2.20]

dṛ­śi­mā­tra iti dṛ­kśa­ktir eva vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭe­ty arthaḥ. sa pu­ru­ṣo bhu­ddheḥ pra­ti­saṃ­ve­dī. sa bu­ddher na sa­rū­po nā­tya­ntaṃ vi­rū­pa iti. na tā­vat sa­rū­paḥ ka­smāt. jñā­tā­jñā­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvāt pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nī hi bu­ddhiḥ. ta­syāś ca vi­ṣa­yo ga­vā­dir gha­ṭā­dir vā jñā­taś cā­jñā­taś ceti pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti.

sa­dā­jñā­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ tu pu­ru­ṣa­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ pa­ri­dī­pa­ya­ti ka­smāt. na hi bu­ddhiś ca nāma pu­ru­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yaś ca syād agṛ­hī­tā gṛ­hī­tā ceti si­ddhaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya sa­dā­jñā­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ta­taś cā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvam iti. kiṃ ca pa­rā­rthā bu­ddhiḥ saṃ­ha­tya­kā­ri­tvāt, svā­rthaḥ pu­ru­ṣa iti. ta­thā sa­rvā­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ya­ka­tvāt tri­gu­ṇā bu­ddhis tri­gu­ṇa­tvād ace­ta­ne­ti. gu­ṇā­nāṃ tū­pa­dra­ṣṭā pu­ru­ṣa ity ato na sa­rū­paḥ.

astu ta­rhi vi­rū­pa iti. nā­tya­ntaṃ vi­rū­paḥ ka­smāt. śu­ddho­+a­py asau pra­tya­yā­nu­pa­śyo ya­taḥ. pra­tya­yaṃ bau­ddham anu­pa­śya­ti, tam anu­pa­śya­nn ata­dā­tmā­pi ta­dā­tma­ka iva pra­tya­va­bhā­sa­te. ta­thā co­ktam --- apa­ri­ṇā­mi­nī hi bho­ktṛ­śa­ktir apra­ti­saṃ­kra­mā ca pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ny arthe pra­ti­saṃ­krā­nte­va ta­dvṛ­ttim anu­pa­ta­ti, ta­syāś ca prā­pta­cai­ta­nyo­pa­gra­ha­rū­pā­yā bu­ddhi­vṛ­tter anu­kā­ra­mā­tra­ta­yā bu­ddhi­vṛ­ttya­vi­śi­ṣṭā hi jñā­na­vṛ­ttir ity ākhyā­ya­te.

ta­da­rtha eva dṛ­śya­syā­tmā [YS 2.21]

dṛ­śi­rū­pa­sya pu­ru­ṣa­sya ka­rma­rū­pa­tām āpa­nnaṃ dṛ­śyam iti ta­da­rtha eva dṛ­śya­syā­tmā bha­va­ti. sva­rū­paṃ bha­va­tī­ty arthaḥ. sva­rū­paṃ tu pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇa pra­ti­la­bdhā­tma­kaṃ bho­gā­pa­va­rgā­rtha­tā­yāṃ kṛ­tā­yāṃ pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa na dṛ­śya­ta iti. sva­rū­pa­hā­nād asya nā­śaḥ prā­pto na tu vi­na­śya­ti.

ka­smāt ---

kṛ­tā­rthaṃ pra­ti na­ṣṭam apy ana­ṣṭaṃ ta­da­nya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvāt [YS 2.22]

kṛ­tā­rtham ekaṃ pu­ru­ṣaṃ pra­ti dṛ­śyaṃ na­ṣṭam api nā­śaṃ prā­ptam apy ana­ṣṭaṃ ta­da­nya­pu­ru­ṣa­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvāt. ku­śa­laṃ pu­ru­ṣaṃ pra­ti nā­śaṃ prā­ptam apy aku­śa­lān pu­ru­ṣān pra­ti na kṛ­tā­rtham iti te­ṣāṃ dṛ­śeḥ ka­rma­vi­ṣa­ya­tām āpa­nnaṃ la­bha­ta eva pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇā­tma­rū­pam iti. ataś ca dṛ­gda­rśa­na­śa­ktyor ni­tya­tvād anā­diḥ saṃ­yo­go vyā­khyā­ta iti. ta­thā co­ktam --- dha­rmi­ṇām anā­di­saṃ­yo­gād dha­rma­mā­trā­ṇām apy anā­diḥ saṃ­yo­ga iti.

saṃ­yo­ga­sva­rū­pā­bhi­dhi­tsa­ye­daṃ sū­traṃ pra­va­vṛ­te ---

sva­svā­mi­śa­ktyoḥ sva­rū­po­pa­la­bdhi­he­tuḥ saṃ­yo­gaḥ [YS 2.23]

pu­ru­ṣaḥ svā­mī dṛ­śye­na sve­na da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ saṃ­yu­ktaḥ. ta­smāt saṃ­yo­gād dṛ­śya­syo­pa­la­bdhir yā sa bho­gaḥ. yā tu dra­ṣṭuḥ sva­rū­po­pa­la­bdhiḥ so­+a­pa­va­rgaḥ. da­rśa­na­kā­ryā­va­sā­naḥ saṃ­yo­ga iti da­rśa­naṃ vi­yo­ga­sya kā­ra­ṇam uktam. da­rśa­nam ada­rśa­na­sya pra­ti­dva­ndvī­ty ada­rśa­naṃ saṃ­yo­ga­ni­mi­ttam uktam. nā­tra da­rśa­naṃ mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇam ada­rśa­nā­bhā­vād eva ba­ndhā­bhā­vaḥ sa mo­kṣa iti. da­rśa­na­sya bhā­ve ba­ndha­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­da­rśa­na­sya nāśa ity ato da­rśa­naṃ jñā­naṃ kai­va­lya­kā­ra­ṇam uktam.

kiṃ­ce­dam ada­rśa­naṃ nāma, kiṃ gu­ṇā­nām adhi­kā­ra āho­svid dṛ­śi­rū­pa­sya svā­mi­no da­rśi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pra­dhā­na­ci­tta­syā­nu­tpā­daḥ. sva­smin dṛ­śye vi­dya­mā­ne yo da­rśa­nā­bhā­vaḥ.

kim artha­va­ttā gu­ṇā­nām. athā­vi­dyā sva­ci­tte­na saha ni­ru­ddhā sva­ci­tta­syo­tpa­tti­bī­jam. kiṃ sthi­ti­saṃ­skā­ra­kṣa­ye ga­ti­saṃ­skā­rā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ. ya­tre­dam uktaṃ pra­dhā­naṃ sthi­tyai­va va­rta­mā­naṃ vi­kā­rā­ka­ra­ṇād apra­dhā­naṃ syāt.

ta­thā ga­tyai­va va­rta­mā­naṃ vi­kā­ra­ni­tya­tvād apra­dhā­naṃ syāt. ubha­ya­thā cā­sya vṛ­ttiḥ pra­dhā­na­vya­va­hā­raṃ la­bha­te nā­nya­thā. kā­ra­ṇā­nta­re­ṣv api ka­lpi­te­ṣv eva sa­mā­naś ca­rcaḥ. da­rśa­na­śa­ktir evā­da­rśa­nam ity eke, ``pra­dhā­na­syā­tma­khyā­pa­nā­rthā pra­vṛ­ttiḥ'' iti śru­teḥ.

sa­rva­bo­dhya­bo­dha­sa­ma­rthaḥ prā­kpra­vṛ­tteḥ pu­ru­ṣo na pa­śya­ti sa­rva­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rthaṃ dṛ­śyaṃ tadā na dṛ­śya­ta iti. ubha­ya­syā­py ada­rśa­naṃ dha­rma ity eke. ta­tre­daṃ dṛ­śya­sya svā­tma­bhū­tam api pu­ru­ṣa­pra­tya­yā­pe­kṣaṃ da­rśa­naṃ dṛ­śya­dha­rma­tve­na bha­va­ti. ta­thā pu­ru­ṣa­syā­nā­tma­bhū­tam api dṛ­śya­pra­tya­yā­pe­kṣaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­dha­rma­tve­ne­vā­da­rśa­nam ava­bhā­sa­te. da­rśa­naṃ jñā­nam evā­da­rśa­nam iti ke­cid abhi­da­dha­ti. ity ete śā­stra­ga­tā vi­ka­lpāḥ. ta­tra vi­ka­lpa­ba­hu­tvam etat sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ saṃ­yo­ge sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­ṣa­yam.

yas tu pra­tya­kce­ta­na­sya sva­bu­ddhi­saṃ­yo­gaḥ ---

ta­sya he­tur avi­dyā [YS 2.24]

vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­vā­sa­ne­ty arthaḥ. vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­vā­sa­nā­vā­si­tā ca na kā­rya­ni­ṣṭhāṃ pu­ru­ṣa­khyā­tiṃ bu­ddhiḥ prā­pno­ti sā­dhi­kā­rā pu­nar āva­rta­te. sā tu pu­ru­ṣa­khyā­ti­pa­rya­va­sā­nāṃ kā­rya­ni­ṣṭhāṃ prā­pno­ti, ca­ri­tā­dhi­kā­rā ni­vṛ­ttā­da­rśa­nā ba­ndha­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vān na pu­nar āva­rta­te.

atra ka­ścit pa­ṇḍa­ko­pā­khyā­ne­no­dghā­ṭa­ya­ti --- mu­gdha­yā bhā­rya­yā­bhi­dhī­ya­te --- pa­ṇḍa­kā­rya­pu­tra, apa­tya­va­tī me bha­gi­nī ki­ma­rthaṃ nāma nā­ham iti, sa tām āha --- mṛ­tas te­+a­ham apa­tyam utpā­da­yi­ṣyā­mī­ti. ta­the­daṃ vi­dya­mā­naṃ jñā­naṃ ci­tta­ni­vṛ­ttiṃ na ka­ro­ti, vi­na­ṣṭaṃ ka­ri­ṣya­tī­ti kā pra­tyā­śā. ta­trā­cā­rya­de­śī­yo va­kti --- nanu bu­ddhi­ni­vṛ­ttir eva mo­kṣo­+a­da­rśa­na­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vād bu­ddhi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ. tac cā­da­rśa­naṃ ba­ndha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ da­rśa­nān ni­va­rta­te. ta­tra ci­tta­ni­vṛ­ttir eva mo­kṣaḥ, ki­ma­rtham asthā­na evā­sya ma­ti­vi­bhra­maḥ.

he­yaṃ duḥ­khaṃ he­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ca saṃ­yo­gā­khyaṃ sa­ni­mi­ttam uktam ataḥ pa­raṃ hā­naṃ va­kta­vyam ---

ta­da­bhā­vāt saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­vo hā­naṃ ta­ddṛ­śeḥ kai­va­lyam [YS 2.25]

ta­syā­da­rśa­na­syā­bhā­vād bu­ddhi­pu­ru­ṣa­saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­va ātya­nti­ko ba­ndha­no­pa­ra­ma ity arthaḥ. etad dhā­nam. ta­ddṛ­śeḥ kai­va­lyaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­mi­śrī­bhā­vaḥ pu­nar asaṃ­yo­go gu­ṇair ity arthaḥ. duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­vṛ­ttau duḥ­kho­pa­ra­mo hā­nam, tadā sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhaḥ pu­ru­ṣa ity uktam.

atha hā­na­sya kaḥ prā­ptyu­pā­ya iti ---

vi­ve­ka­khyā­tir avi­pla­vā hā­no­pā­yaḥ [YS 2.26]

sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­pra­tya­yo vi­ve­ka­khyā­tiḥ. sā tv ani­vṛ­tta­mi­thyā­jñā­nā pla­va­te. yadā mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ da­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vaṃ va­ndhya­pra­sa­vaṃ saṃ­pa­dya­te tadā vi­dhū­ta­kle­śa­ra­ja­saḥ sa­ttva­sya pare vai­śā­ra­dye pa­ra­syāṃ va­śī­kā­ra­saṃ­jñā­yāṃ va­rta­mā­na­sya vi­ve­ka­pra­tya­ya­pra­vā­ho ni­rma­lo bha­va­ti. sā vi­ve­ka­khyā­tir avi­pla­vā hā­no­pā­yaḥ. tato mi­thyā­jñā­na­sya da­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vo­pa­ga­maḥ pu­naś cā­pra­sa­va ity eṣa mo­kṣa­sya mā­rgo hā­na­syo­pā­ya iti.

ta­sya sa­pta­dhā prā­nta­bhū­miḥ pra­jñā [YS 2.27]

ta­sye­ti pra­tyu­di­ta­khyā­teḥ pra­tyā­mnā­yaḥ. sa­pta­dhe­ti aśu­ddhyā­va­ra­ṇa­ma­lā­pa­ga­māc ci­tta­sya pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­nu­tpā­de sati sa­pta­pra­kā­rai­va pra­jñā vi­ve­ki­no bha­va­ti.

ta­dya­thā --- pa­ri­jñā­taṃ he­yaṃ nā­sya pu­naḥ pa­ri­jñe­yam asti. kṣī­ṇā he­ya­he­ta­vo na pu­nar ete­ṣāṃ kṣe­ta­vyam asti. sā­kṣā­tkṛ­taṃ ni­ro­dha­sa­mā­dhi­nā hā­nam. bhā­vi­to vi­ve­ka­khyā­ti­rū­po hā­no­pā­ya iti. eṣā ca­tu­ṣṭa­yī kā­ryā vi­mu­ktiḥ pra­jñā­yāḥ. ci­tta­vi­mu­ktis tu tra­yī ca­ri­tā­dhi­kā­rā bu­ddhiḥ. guṇā gi­ri­śi­kha­ra­ta­ṭa­cyu­tā iva grā­vā­ṇo ni­ra­va­sthā­nāḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇe pra­la­yā­bhi­mu­khāḥ saha te­nā­staṃ ga­ccha­nti. na cai­ṣāṃ pra­vi­lī­nā­nāṃ pu­nar asty utpā­daḥ pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vād iti. eta­syām ava­sthā­yāṃ gu­ṇa­saṃ­ba­ndhā­tī­taḥ sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­jyo­tir ama­laḥ ke­va­lī pu­ru­ṣa iti. etāṃ sa­pta­vi­dhāṃ prā­nta­bhū­mi­pra­jñām anu­pa­śyan pu­ru­ṣaḥ ku­śa­la ity ākhyā­ya­te. pra­ti­pra­sa­ve pi ci­tta­sya mu­ktaḥ ku­śa­la ity eva bha­va­ti gu­ṇā­tī­ta­tvād iti.

si­ddhā bha­va­ti vi­ve­ka­khyā­tir hā­no­pā­ya iti, na ca si­ddhir anta­re­ṇa sā­dha­nam ity etad āra­bhya­te ---

yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­nād aśu­ddhi­kṣa­ye jñā­na­dī­ptir ā vi­ve­ka­khyā­teḥ [YS 2.28]

yo­gā­ṅgā­ny aṣṭāv abhi­dhā­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇā­ni. te­ṣām anu­ṣṭhā­nāt pa­ñca­pa­rva­ṇo vi­pa­rya­ya­syā­śu­ddhi­rū­pa­sya kṣa­yo nā­śaḥ. ta­tkṣa­ye sa­mya­gjñā­na­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ. ya­thā ya­thā ca sā­dha­nā­ny anu­ṣṭhī­ya­nte ta­thā ta­thā ta­nu­tvam aśu­ddhir āpa­dya­te. ya­thā ya­thā ca kṣī­ya­te ta­thā ta­thā kṣa­ya­kra­mā­nu­ro­dhi­nī jñā­na­syā­pi dī­ptir vi­va­rdha­te. sā kha­lv eṣā vi­vṛ­ddhiḥ pra­ka­rṣam anu­bha­va­tyā vi­ve­ka­khyā­teḥ, ā gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­sva­rū­pa­vi­jñā­nād ity arthaḥ. yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­nam aśu­ddher vi­yo­ga­kā­ra­ṇam. ya­thā pa­ra­śuś che­dya­sya. vi­ve­ka­khyā­tes tu prā­pti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­thā dha­rmaḥ su­kha­sya nā­nya­thā kā­ra­ṇam. kati cai­tā­ni kā­ra­ṇā­ni śā­stre bha­va­nti. na­vai­ve­ty āha. ta­dya­thā ---

``utpa­tti­sthi­tya­bhi­vya­kti­vi­kā­ra­pra­tya­yā­pta­yaḥ / vi­yo­gā­nya­tva­dhṛ­ta­yaḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ na­va­dhā smṛ­tam'' iti//

ta­tro­tpa­tti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ mano bha­va­ti vi­jñā­na­sya, sthi­ti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ma­na­saḥ pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tā, śa­rī­ra­sye­vā­hā­ra iti. abhi­vya­kti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­thā rū­pa­syā­lo­kas ta­thā rū­pa­jñā­nam, vi­kā­ra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ma­na­so vi­ṣa­yā­nta­ram. ya­thā­gniḥ pā­kya­sya. pra­tya­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ dhū­ma­jñā­nam agni­jñā­na­sya. prā­pti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ vi­ve­ka­khyā­teḥ.

vi­yo­ga­kā­ra­ṇaṃ tad evā­śu­ddheḥ. anya­tva­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­thā su­va­rṇa­sya su­va­rṇa­kā­raḥ. evam eka­sya strī­pra­tya­ya­syā­vi­dyā mū­ḍha­tve dve­ṣo duḥ­kha­tve rā­gaḥ su­kha­tve ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ mā­dhya­sthye. dhṛ­ti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ śa­rī­ram indri­yā­ṇām. tāni ca ta­sya. ma­hā­bhū­tā­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇām, tāni ca pa­ra­spa­raṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ tai­rya­gyau­na­mā­nu­ṣa­dai­va­tā­ni ca pa­ra­spa­rā­rtha­tvād ity evaṃ nava kā­ra­ṇā­ni. tāni ca ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ pa­dā­rthā­nta­re­ṣv api yo­jyā­ni. yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ tu dvi­dhai­va kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ la­bha­ta iti.

ta­tra yo­gā­ṅgā­ny ava­dhā­rya­nte ---

ya­ma­ni­ya­mā­sa­na­prā­ṇā­yā­ma­pra­tyā­hā­ra­dhā­ra­ṇā­dhyā­na­sa­mā­dha­yo­+a­ṣṭāv aṅgā­ni [YS 2.29]

ya­thā­kra­mam eṣām anu­ṣṭhā­naṃ sva­rū­paṃ ca va­kṣyā­maḥ.

ta­tra ---

ahiṃ­sā­sa­tyā­ste­ya­bra­hma­ca­ryā­pa­ri­gra­hā ya­māḥ [YS 2.30]

ta­trā­hiṃ­sā sa­rva­thā sa­rva­dā sa­rva­bhū­tā­nām ana­bhi­dro­haḥ. utta­re ca ya­ma­ni­ya­mās ta­nmū­lās ta­tsi­ddhi­pa­ra­ta­yai­va ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­nā­ya pra­ti­pā­dya­nte. ta­da­va­dā­ta­rū­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­yai­vo­pā­dī­ya­nte. ta­thā co­ktam --- sa kha­lv ayaṃ brā­hma­ṇo ya­thā ya­thā vra­tā­ni ba­hū­ni sa­mā­di­tsa­te ta­thā ta­thā pra­mā­da­kṛ­te­bhyo hiṃ­sā­ni­dā­ne­bhyo ni­va­rta­mā­nas tām evā­va­dā­ta­rū­pām ahiṃ­sāṃ ka­ro­ti.

sa­tyaṃ ya­thā­rthe vā­ṅma­na­se. ya­thā dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā­nu­mi­taṃ ta­thā vāṅ ma­naś ceti. pa­ra­tra sva­bo­dha­saṃ­krā­nta­ye vāg uktā, sā yadi na va­ñci­tā bhrā­ntā vā pra­ti­pa­tti­va­ndhyā vā bha­ved iti. eṣā sa­rva­bhū­to­pa­kā­rā­rthaṃ pra­vṛ­ttā na bhū­to­pa­ghā­tā­ya. yadi cai­vam apy abhi­dhī­ya­mā­nā bhū­to­pa­ghā­ta­pa­rai­va syān na sa­tyaṃ bha­vet pā­pam eva bha­vet tena pu­ṇyā­bhā­se­na pu­ṇya­pra­ti­rū­pa­ke­ṇa ka­ṣṭaṃ ta­maḥ prā­pnu­yāt. ta­smāt pa­rī­kṣya sa­rva­bhū­ta­hi­taṃ sa­tyaṃ brū­yāt.

ste­yam aśā­stra­pū­rva­kaṃ dra­vyā­ṇāṃ pa­ra­taḥ svī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ, ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ pu­nar aspṛ­hā­rū­pam aste­yam iti. bra­hma­ca­ryaṃ gu­pte­ndri­ya­syo­pa­stha­sya saṃ­ya­maḥ. vi­ṣa­yā­ṇām arja­na­ra­kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ya­sa­ṅga­hiṃ­sā­do­ṣa­da­rśa­nād asvī­ka­ra­ṇam apa­ri­gra­ha ity ete ya­māḥ.

te tu ---

jā­ti­de­śa­kā­la­sa­ma­yā­na­va­cchi­nnāḥ sā­rva­bhau­mā ma­hā­vra­tam [YS 2.31]

ta­trā­hiṃ­sā jā­tya­va­cchi­nnā ma­tsya­va­dha­ka­sya ma­tsye­ṣv eva nā­nya­tra hiṃ­sā. sai­va de­śā­va­cchi­nnā na tī­rthe ha­ni­ṣyā­mī­ti. sai­va kā­lā­va­cchi­nnā na ca­tu­rda­śyāṃ na pu­ṇye­+a­ha­ni ha­ni­ṣyā­mī­ti. sai­va tri­bhir upa­ra­ta­sya sa­ma­yā­va­cchi­nnā de­va­brā­hma­ṇā­rthe nā­nya­thā ha­ni­ṣyā­mī­ti. ya­thā ca kṣa­tri­yā­ṇāṃ yu­ddha eva hiṃ­sā nā­nya­tre­ti. ebhir jā­ti­de­śa­kā­la­sa­ma­yair ana­va­cchi­nnā ahiṃ­sā­da­yaḥ sa­rva­thai­va pa­ri­pā­la­nī­yāḥ. sa­rva­bhū­mi­ṣu sa­rva­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu sa­rva­thai­vā­vi­di­ta­vya­bhi­cā­rāḥ sā­rva­bhau­mā ma­hā­vra­tam ity ucya­nte.

śau­ca­saṃ­to­ṣa­ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­ye­śva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­ni ni­ya­māḥ [YS 2.32]

ta­tra śau­caṃ mṛ­jja­lā­di­ja­ni­taṃ me­dhyā­bhya­va­ha­ra­ṇā­di ca bā­hyam. ābhya­nta­raṃ ci­tta­ma­lā­nām ākṣā­la­nam. saṃ­to­ṣaḥ saṃ­ni­hi­ta­sā­dha­nād adhi­ka­syā­nu­pā­di­tsā. tapo dvaṃ­dva­sa­ha­nam. dvaṃ­dvāś ca ji­gha­tsā­pi­pā­se śī­to­ṣṇe sthā­nā­sa­ne kā­ṣṭha­mau­nā­kā­ra­mau­ne ca. vra­tā­ni cai­ṣāṃ ya­thā­yo­gaṃ kṛ­cchra­cā­ndrā­ya­ṇa­sāṃ­ta­pa­nā­dī­ni. svā­dhyā­yo mo­kṣa­śā­strā­ṇām adhya­ya­naṃ pra­ṇa­va­ja­po vā. īśva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ ta­smin pa­ra­ma­gu­rau sa­rva­ka­rmā­rpa­ṇam.

śa­yyā­sa­na­stho­+a­tha pa­thi vra­jan vā sva­sthaḥ pa­ri­kṣī­ṇa­vi­ta­rka­jā­laḥ /

saṃ­sā­ra­bī­ja­kṣa­yam īkṣa­mā­ṇaḥ syān ni­tya­yu­kto­+a­mṛ­ta­bho­ga­bhā­gī //

ya­tre­dam uktaṃ ta­taḥ pra­tya­kce­ta­nā­dhi­ga­mo­+a­py anta­rā­yā­bhā­vaś ceti.

ete­ṣāṃ ya­ma­ni­ya­mā­nām ---

vi­ta­rka­bā­dha­ne pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nam [YS 2.33]

ya­dā­sya brā­hma­ṇa­sya hiṃ­sā­da­yo vi­ta­rkā jā­ye­ran ha­ni­ṣyā­my aham apa­kā­ri­ṇam anṛ­tam api va­kṣyā­mi dra­vyam apy asya svī­ka­ri­ṣyā­mi dā­re­ṣu cā­sya vya­vā­yī bha­vi­ṣyā­mi pa­ri­gra­he­ṣu cā­sya svā­mī bha­vi­ṣyā­mī­ti. evam unmā­rga­pra­va­ṇa­vi­ta­rka­jva­re­ṇā­ti­dī­pte­na bā­dhya­mā­nas ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣān bhā­va­yet. gho­re­ṣu saṃ­sā­rā­ṅgā­re­ṣu pa­cya­mā­ne­na mayā śa­ra­ṇam upā­ga­taḥ sa­rva­bhū­tā­bha­ya­pra­dā­ne­na yo­ga­dha­rmaḥ. sa kha­lv ahaṃ tya­ktvā vi­ta­rkān pu­nas tān āda­dā­nas tu­lyaḥ śva­vṛ­tte­ne­ti bhā­va­yet. ya­thā śvā vā­ntā­va­le­hī ta­thā tya­kta­sya pu­nar āda­dā­na iti. eva­mā­di sū­trā­nta­re­ṣv api yo­jyam.

vi­ta­rkā hiṃ­sā­da­yaḥ kṛ­ta­kā­ri­tā­nu­mo­di­tā lo­bha­kro­dha­mo­ha­pū­rva­kā mṛ­du­ma­dhyā­dhi­mā­trā duḥ­khā­jñā­nā­na­nta­pha­lā iti pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nam [YS 2.34]

ta­tra hiṃ­sā tā­vat --- kṛtā kā­ri­tā­nu­mo­di­te­ti tri­dhā. ekai­kā pu­nas tri­dhā lo­bhe­na māṃ­sa­ca­rmā­rthe­na kro­dhe­nā­pa­kṛ­tam ane­ne­ti mo­he­na dha­rmo me bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti. lo­bha­kro­dha­mo­hāḥ pu­nas tri­vi­dhā mṛ­du­ma­dhyā­dhi­mā­trā iti. evaṃ sa­pta­viṃ­śa­tir bhe­dā bha­va­nti hiṃ­sā­yāḥ. mṛ­du­ma­dhyā­dhi­mā­trāḥ pu­nas tri­dhā --- mṛ­du­mṛ­dur ma­dhya­mṛ­dus tī­vra­mṛ­dur iti. ta­thā mṛ­du­ma­dhyo ma­dhya­ma­dhyas tī­vra­ma­dhya iti. ta­thā mṛ­du­tī­vro ma­dhya­tī­vro­+a­dhi­mā­tra­tī­vra iti. evam ekā­śī­ti­bhe­dā hiṃ­sā bha­va­ti. sā pu­nar ni­ya­ma­vi­ka­lpa­sa­mu­cca­ya­bhe­dād asaṃ­khye­yā, prā­ṇa­bhṛ­dbhe­da­syā­pa­ri­saṃ­khye­ya­tvād iti. evam anṛ­tā­di­ṣv api yo­jyam.

te kha­lv amī vi­ta­rkā duḥ­khā­jñā­nā­na­nta­pha­lā iti pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nam. duḥ­kham ajñā­naṃ cā­na­ntaṃ pha­laṃ ye­ṣām iti pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nam. ta­thā ca hiṃ­sa­kas tā­vat pra­tha­maṃ va­dhya­sya vī­ryam ākṣi­pa­ti. ta­taś ca śa­strā­di­ni­pā­te­na duḥ­kha­ya­ti. tato jī­vi­tād api mo­ca­ya­ti. tato vī­ryā­kṣe­pād asya ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­nam upa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kṣī­ṇa­vī­ryaṃ bha­va­ti. duḥ­kho­tpā­dān na­ra­ka­ti­rya­kpre­tā­di­ṣu duḥ­kham anu­bha­va­ti, jī­vi­ta­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇāt pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca jī­vi­tā­tya­ye va­rta­mā­no ma­ra­ṇam iccha­nn api duḥ­kha­vi­pā­ka­sya ni­ya­ta­vi­pā­ka­ve­da­nī­ya­tvāt ka­thaṃ­cid evo­cchva­si­ti. yadi ca ka­thaṃ­cit pu­ṇyā­vā­pa­ga­tā hiṃ­sā bha­vet ta­tra su­kha­prā­ptau bha­ved alpā­yur iti. evam anṛ­tā­di­ṣv api yo­jyaṃ ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vam. evaṃ vi­ta­rkā­ṇāṃ cā­mum evā­nu­ga­taṃ vi­pā­kam ani­ṣṭaṃ bhā­va­yan na vi­ta­rke­ṣu ma­naḥ pra­ṇi­da­dhī­ta.

pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nād dhe­tor heyā vi­ta­rkā ya­dā­sya syur apra­sa­va­dha­rmā­ṇas tadā ta­tkṛ­tam ai­śva­ryaṃ yo­gi­naḥ si­ddhi­sū­ca­kaṃ bha­va­ti. ta­dya­thā ---

ahiṃ­sā­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­yāṃ ta­tsaṃ­ni­dhau vai­ra­tyā­gaḥ [YS 2.35]

sa­rva­prā­ṇi­nāṃ bha­va­ti.

sa­tya­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­yāṃ kri­yā­pha­lā­śra­ya­tvam [YS 2.36]

dhā­rmi­ko bhū­yā iti bha­va­ti dhā­rmi­kaḥ, sva­rgaṃ prā­pnu­hī­ti sva­rgaṃ prā­pno­ti amo­ghā­sya vāg bha­va­ti.

aste­ya­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­yāṃ sa­rva­ra­tno­pa­sthā­nam [YS 2.37]

sa­rva­di­ksthā­ny asyo­pa­ti­ṣṭha­nte ra­tnā­ni.

bra­hma­ca­rya­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­yāṃ vī­rya­lā­bhaḥ [YS 2.38]

ya­sya lā­bhād apra­ti­ghān gu­ṇān utka­rṣa­ya­ti. si­ddhaś ca vi­ne­ye­ṣu jñā­nam ādhā­tuṃ sa­ma­rtho bha­va­tī­ti.

apa­ri­gra­ha­sthai­rye ja­nma­ka­thaṃ­tā­saṃ­bo­dhaḥ [YS 2.39]

asya bha­va­ti ko­+a­ham āsaṃ ka­tham aham āsaṃ kiṃ­svid idaṃ ka­thaṃ­svid idaṃ ke vā bha­vi­ṣyā­maḥ ka­thaṃ vā bha­vi­ṣyā­ma ity evam asya pū­rvā­nta­pa­rā­nta­ma­dhye­ṣv ātma­bhā­va­ji­jā­sā sva­rū­pe­ṇo­pā­va­rta­te. etā ya­ma­sthai­rye si­ddha­yaḥ.

ni­ya­me­ṣu va­kṣyā­maḥ ---

śau­cāt svā­ṅga­ju­gu­psā pa­rair asaṃ­sa­rgaḥ [YS 2.40]

svā­ṅge ju­gu­psā­yāṃ śau­cam āra­bha­mā­ṇaḥ kā­yā­va­dya­da­rśī kā­yā­na­bhi­ṣva­ṅgī ya­tir bha­va­ti. kiṃ­ca pa­rair asaṃ­sa­rgaḥ kā­ya­sva­bhā­vā­va­lo­kī svam api kā­yaṃ ji­hā­sur mṛ­jja­lā­di­bhir ākṣā­la­ya­nn api kā­ya­śu­ddhim apa­śyan ka­thaṃ pa­ra­kā­yair atya­ntam evā­pra­ya­taiḥ saṃ­sṛ­jye­ta.

kiṃ­ca ---

sa­ttva­śu­ddhi­sau­ma­na­syai­kā­grye­ndri­ya­ja­yā­tma­da­rśa­na­yo­gya­tvā­ni ca [YS 2.41]

bha­va­ntī­ti vā­kya­śe­ṣaḥ. śu­ceḥ sa­ttva­śu­ddhis ta­taḥ sau­ma­na­syaṃ tata ai­kā­gryaṃ tata indri­ya­ja­yas ta­taś cā­tma­da­rśa­na­yo­gya­tvaṃ bu­ddhi­sa­ttva­sya bha­va­tī­ty etac chau­ca­sthai­ryād adhi­ga­mya­ta iti.

saṃ­to­ṣād anu­tta­maḥ su­kha­lā­bhaḥ [YS 2.42]

ta­thā co­ktam ---

``

yac ca kāmasukhaṃ loke yac ca divyaṃ mahat sukham /
tṛṣṇākṣayasukhasyaite nārhataḥ ṣoḍaśīṃ kalām
'' iti.

kā­ye­ndri­ya­si­ddhir aśu­ddhi­kṣa­yāt ta­pa­saḥ [YS 2.43]

ni­rva­rtya­mā­nam eva tapo hi­na­sty aśu­ddhyā­va­ra­ṇa­ma­laṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ma­lā­pa­ga­māt kā­ya­si­ddhir aṇi­mā­dyā. ta­the­ndri­ya­si­ddhir dū­rāc chra­va­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­dye­ti.

svā­dhyā­yād iṣṭa­de­va­tā­saṃ­pra­yo­gaḥ [YS 2.44]

devā ṛṣa­yaḥ si­ddhāś ca svā­dhyā­ya­śī­la­sya da­rśa­naṃ ga­ccha­nti, kā­rye cā­sya va­rta­nta iti.

sa­mā­dhi­si­ddhir īśva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nāt [YS 2.45]

īśva­rā­rpi­ta­sa­rva­bhā­va­sya sa­mā­dhi­si­ddhir yayā sa­rvam īpsi­tam avi­ta­thaṃ jā­nā­ti de­śā­nta­re de­hā­nta­re kā­lā­nta­re ca. ta­to­+a­sya pra­jñā ya­thā­bhū­taṃ pra­jā­nā­tī­ti.

uktāḥ saha si­ddhi­bhir ya­ma­ni­ya­māḥ āsa­nā­dī­ni va­kṣyā­maḥ ta­tra ---

sthi­ra­su­kham āsa­nam [YS 2.46]

ta­dya­thā pa­dmā­sa­naṃ bha­drā­sa­naṃ sva­sti­kaṃ da­ṇḍā­sa­naṃ so­pā­śra­yaṃ pa­rya­ṅkaṃ krau­ñca­ni­ṣa­da­naṃ ha­sti­ni­ṣa­da­nam uṣṭra­ni­ṣa­da­naṃ sa­ma­saṃ­sthā­naṃ sthi­ra­su­khaṃ ya­thā­su­khaṃ cety eva­mā­dī­ni.

pra­ya­tna­śai­thi­lyā­na­nta­sa­mā­pa­tti­bhyām [YS 2.47]

bha­va­tī­ti vā­kya­śe­ṣaḥ pra­ya­tno­pa­ra­māt si­dhya­ty āsa­naṃ yena nā­ṅga­me­ja­yo bha­va­ti. ana­nte vā sa­mā­pa­nnaṃ ci­ttam āsa­naṃ ni­rva­rta­ya­tī­ti.

tato dva­ndvā­na­bhi­ghā­taḥ [YS 2.48]

śī­to­ṣṇā­di­bhir dva­ndvair āsa­na­ja­yān nā­bhi­bhū­ya­te.

ta­smin sati śvā­sa­pra­śvā­sa­yor ga­ti­vi­cche­daḥ prā­ṇā­yā­maḥ [YS 2.49]

saty āsa­na­ja­ye bā­hya­sya vā­yor āca­ma­naṃ śvā­saḥ, kau­ṣṭhya­sya vā­yor niḥ­sā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­śvā­saḥ, ta­yor ga­ti­vi­cche­da ubha­yā­bhā­vaḥ prā­ṇā­yā­maḥ.

sa tu ---

bā­hyā­bhya­nta­ra­sta­mbha­vṛ­ttir de­śa­kā­la­saṃ­khyā­bhiḥ pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭo dī­rgha­sū­kṣmaḥ [YS 2.50]

ya­tra pra­śvā­sa­pū­rva­ko ga­tya­bhā­vaḥ sa bā­hyaḥ. ya­tra śvā­sa­pū­rva­ko ga­tya­bhā­vaḥ sa ābhya­nta­raḥ. tṛ­tī­yaḥ sta­mbha­vṛ­ttir ya­tro­bha­yā­bhā­vaḥ sa­kṛ­ṭpra­ya­tnād bha­va­ti. ya­thā ta­pte nya­stam upa­le ja­laṃ sa­rva­taḥ saṃ­ko­cam āpa­dya­te ta­thā dva­yor yu­ga­pad ga­tya­bhā­va iti. tra­yo 'py ete de­śe­na pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭā iyān asya vi­ṣa­yo deśa iti. kā­le­na pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭāḥ kṣa­ṇā­nām iya­ttā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe­nā­va­cchi­nnā ity arthaḥ. saṃ­khyā­bhiḥ pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭā etā­va­dbhiḥ śvā­sa­pra­śvā­saiḥ pra­tha­ma udghā­tas ta­dvan ni­gṛ­hī­ta­syai­tā­va­dbhir dvi­tī­ya udghā­ta evaṃ tṛ­tī­yaḥ. evaṃ mṛ­dur evaṃ ma­dhya evaṃ tī­vra iti saṃ­khyā­pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭaḥ. sa kha­lv ayam evam abhya­sto dī­rgha­sū­kṣmaḥ.

bā­hyā­bhya­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­yā­kṣe­pī ca­tu­rthaḥ [YS 2.51]

de­śa­kā­la­saṃ­khyā­bhir bā­hya­vi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa ākṣi­ptaḥ. ta­thā­bhya­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa ākṣi­ptaḥ. ubha­ya­thā dī­rgha­sū­kṣmaḥ. ta­tpū­rva­ko bhū­mi­ja­yāt kra­me­ṇo­bha­yor ga­tya­bhā­vaś ca­tu­rthaḥ prā­ṇā­yā­maḥ. tṛ­tī­yas tu vi­ṣa­yā­nā­lo­ci­to ga­tya­bhā­vaḥ sa­kṛ­dā­ra­bdha eva de­śa­kā­la­saṃ­khyā­bhiḥ pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭo dī­rgha­sū­kṣmaḥ. ca­tu­rthas tu śvā­sa­pra­śvā­sa­yor vi­ṣa­yā­va­dhā­ra­ṇāt kra­me­ṇa bhū­mi­ja­yād ubha­yā­kṣe­pa­pū­rva­ko ga­tya­bhā­vaś ca­tu­rthaḥ prā­ṇā­yā­ma ity ayaṃ vi­śe­ṣa iti.

ta­taḥ kṣī­ya­te pra­kā­śā­va­ra­ṇam [YS 2.52]

prā­ṇā­yā­mān abhya­sya­to­+a­sya yo­gi­naḥ kṣī­ya­te vi­ve­ka­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇī­yaṃ ka­rma. yat tad āca­kṣa­te. ma­hā­mo­ha­ma­ye­ne­ndra­jā­le­na pra­kā­śa­śī­laṃ sa­ttvam āvṛ­tya tad evā­kā­rye ni­yu­ṅkta iti. tad asya pra­kā­śā­va­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rma saṃ­sā­ra­ni­ba­ndha­naṃ prā­ṇā­yā­mā­bhyā­sād du­rba­laṃ bha­va­ti pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca kṣī­ya­te. ta­thā co­ktam. ``tapo na pa­raṃ prā­ṇā­yā­māt tato vi­śu­ddhir ma­lā­nāṃ dī­ptiś ca jñā­na­sya'' iti.

kiṃ­ca ---

dhā­ra­ṇā­su ca yo­gya­tā ma­na­saḥ [YS 2.53]

prā­ṇā­yā­mā­bhyā­sād eva ``pra­ccha­rda­na­vi­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ vā prā­ṇa­sya'' iti va­ca­nāt.

atha kaḥ pra­tyā­hā­raḥ ---

sva­vi­ṣa­yā­saṃ­pra­yo­ge ci­tta­sva­rū­pā­nu­kā­ra ive­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ pra­tyā­hā­raḥ [YS 2.54]

sva­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­pra­yo­gā­bhā­ve ci­tta­sva­rū­pā­nu­kā­ra ive­ti, ci­tta­ni­ro­dhe ci­tta­va­nni­ru­ddhā­nī­ndri­yā­ṇi ne­ta­re­ndri­ya­ja­ya­va­du­pā­yā­nta­ram ape­kṣa­nte. ya­thā ma­dhu­ka­ra­rā­jaṃ ma­kṣi­kā utpa­ta­ntam anū­tpa­ta­nti ni­vi­śa­mā­nam anu ni­vi­śa­nte ta­the­ndri­yā­ṇi ci­tta­ni­ro­dhe ni­ru­ddhā­nī­ty eṣa pra­tyā­hā­raḥ.

ta­taḥ pa­ra­mā va­śya­te­ndri­yā­ṇām [YS 2.55]

śa­bdā­di­ṣv avya­sa­nam indri­ya­ja­ya iti ke­cit. sa­ktir vya­sa­naṃ vya­sya­ty enaṃ śre­ya­sa iti. avi­ru­ddhā pra­ti­pa­ttir nyā­yyā. śa­bdā­di­saṃ­pra­yo­gaḥ sve­ccha­ye­ty anye. rā­ga­dve­ṣā­bhā­ve su­kha­duḥ­kha­śū­nyaṃ śa­bdā­di­jñā­nam indri­ya­ja­ya iti ke­cit. ci­ttai­kā­gryād apra­ti­pa­ttir eve­ti jai­gī­ṣa­vyaḥ. ta­taś ca pa­ra­mā tv iyaṃ va­śya­tā yac ci­tta­ni­ro­dhe ni­ru­ddhā­nī­ndri­yā­ṇi ne­ta­re­ndri­ya­ja­ya­vat pra­ya­tna­kṛ­tam upā­yā­nta­ram ape­kṣa­nte yo­gi­na iti.

iti śrīpātāñjale sāṃkhyapravacane yogaśāstre śrīmadvyāsabhāṣye dvitīyaḥ sādhanapādaḥ 2.

[Vi­bhū­ti­pā­daḥ]

uktā­ni pa­ñca ba­hi­ra­ṅgā­ni(ṇi) sā­dha­nā­ni. dhā­ra­ṇā va­kta­vyā ---

de­śa­ba­ndhaś ci­tta­sya dhā­ra­ṇā [YS 3.1]

nā­bhi­ca­kre hṛ­da­ya­pu­ṇḍa­rī­ke mū­rdhni jyo­ti­ṣi nā­si­kā­gre ji­hvā­gra ity eva­mā­di­ṣu de­śe­ṣu bā­hye vā vi­ṣa­ye ci­tta­sya vṛ­tti­mā­tre­ṇa ba­ndha iti dhā­ra­ṇā.

ta­tra

pra­tya­yai­ka­tā­na­tā dhyā­nam [YS 3.2]

ta­smin deśe dhye­yā­la­mba­na­sya pra­tya­ya­syai­ka­tā­na­tā sa­dṛ­śaḥ pra­vā­haḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­re­ṇā­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭo dhyā­nam.

tad evā­rtha­mā­tra­ni­rbhā­saṃ sva­rū­pa­śū­nyam iva sa­mā­dhiḥ [YS 3.3]

dhyā­nam eva dhye­yā­kā­rā­ni­rbhā­saṃ pra­tya­yā­tma­ke­na sva­rū­pe­ṇa śū­nyam iva yadā bha­va­ti dhye­ya­sva­bhā­vā­ve­śāt tadā sa­mā­dhir ity ucya­te.

tra­yam eka­tra saṃ­ya­maḥ [YS 3.4]

tad etad dhā­ra­ṇā­dhyā­na­sa­mā­dhi­tra­yam eka­tra saṃ­ya­maḥ. eka­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇi trī­ṇi sā­dha­nā­ni saṃ­ya­ma ity ucya­te. tad asya tra­ya­sya tā­ntri­kī pa­ri­bhā­ṣā saṃ­ya­ma iti.

ta­jja­yāt pra­jñā­lo­kaḥ [YS 3.5]

ta­sya saṃ­ya­ma­sya ja­yāt sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­yā bha­va­ty ālo­ko ya­thā ya­thā saṃ­ya­maḥ sthi­ra­pa­do bha­va­ti ta­thā ta­thā sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā vi­śā­ra­dī bha­va­ti.

ta­sya bhū­mi­ṣu vi­ni­yo­gaḥ [YS 3.6]

ta­sya saṃ­ya­ma­sya ji­ta­bhū­mer yā­na­nta­rā bhū­mis ta­tra vi­ni­yo­gaḥ. na hy aji­tā­dha­ra­bhū­mir ana­nta­ra­bhū­miṃ vi­la­ṅghya prā­nta­bhū­mi­ṣu saṃ­ya­maṃ la­bha­te. ta­da­bhā­vāc ca ku­tas ta­sya pra­jñā­lo­kaḥ. īśva­ra­pra­sā­dāj ji­to­tta­ra­bhū­mi­ka­sya ca nā­dha­ra­bhū­mi­ṣu pa­ra­ci­tta­jñā­nā­di­ṣu saṃ­ya­mo yu­ktaḥ. ka­smāt, ta­da­rtha­syā­nya­ta evā­va­ga­ta­tvāt. bhū­mer asyā iyam ana­nta­rā bhū­mir ity atra yoga evo­pā­dhyā­yaḥ. ka­tham evaṃ hy uktam. ``

yogena yogo jñātavyo yogo yogāt pravartate /
yo+apramattas tu yogena sa yoge ramate ciram
'' iti.

tra­yam anta­ra­ṅgaṃ pū­rve­bhyaḥ [YS 3.7]

tad etad dhā­ra­ṇā­dhyā­na­sa­mā­dhi­tra­yam anta­ra­ṅgaṃ saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­sya sa­mā­dheḥ pū­rve­bhyo ya­mā­di­bhyaḥ pa­ñca­bhyaḥ sā­dha­ne­bhya iti.

tad api ba­hi­ra­ṅgaṃ ni­rbī­ja­sya [YS 3.8]

tad apy anta­ra­ṅgaṃ sā­dha­na­tra­yaṃ ni­rbī­ja­sya yo­ga­sya ba­hi­ra­ṅgaṃ bha­va­ti ka­smāt, ta­da­bhā­ve bhā­vād iti.

atha ni­ro­dha­ci­tta­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu ca­laṃ gu­ṇa­vṛ­ttam iti kī­dṛ­śas tadā ci­tta­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ---

vyu­tthā­na­ni­ro­dha­saṃ­skā­ra­yor abhi­bha­va­prā­du­rbhā­vau ni­ro­dha­kṣa­ṇa­ci­ttā­nva­yo ni­ro­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ [YS 3.9]

vyu­tthā­na­saṃ­skā­rāś ci­tta­dha­rmā na te pra­tya­yā­tma­kā iti pra­tya­ya­ni­ro­dhe na ni­ru­ddhā ni­ro­dha­saṃ­skā­rā api ci­tta­dha­rmās ta­yor abhi­bha­va­prā­du­rbhā­vau vyu­tthā­na­saṃ­skā­rā hī­ya­nte ni­ro­dha­saṃ­skā­rā ādhī­ya­nte. ni­ro­dha­kṣa­ṇaṃ ci­ttam anve­ti tad eka­sya ci­tta­sya pra­ti­kṣa­ṇam idaṃ saṃ­skā­rā­nya­thā­tvaṃ ni­ro­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. tadā saṃ­skā­ra­śe­ṣaṃ ci­ttam iti ni­ro­dha­sa­mā­dhau vyā­khyā­tam.

ta­sya pra­śā­nta­vā­hi­tā saṃ­skā­rāt [YS 3.10]

ni­ro­dha­saṃ­skā­rā­bhyā­sa­pā­ṭa­vā­pe­kṣā pra­śā­nta­vā­hi­tā ci­tta­sya bha­va­ti. ta­tsaṃ­skā­ra­mā­ndye vyu­tthā­na­dha­rmi­ṇā saṃ­skā­re­ṇa ni­ro­dha­dha­rma­saṃ­skā­ro­+a­bhi­bhū­ya­ta iti.

sa­rvā­rtha­tai­kā­gra­ta­yoḥ kṣa­yo­da­yau ci­tta­sya sa­mā­dhi­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ [YS 3.11]

sa­rvā­rtha­tā ci­tta­dha­rmaḥ. ekā­gra­tā­pi ci­tta­dha­rmaḥ. sa­rvā­rtha­tā­yāḥ kṣa­yas ti­ro­bhā­va ity arthaḥ. ekā­gra­tā­yā uda­ya āvi­rbhā­va ity arthaḥ. ta­yor dha­rmi­tve­nā­nu­ga­taṃ ci­ttaṃ, tad idaṃ ci­ttam apā­yo­pa­ja­na­yoḥ svā­tma­bhū­ta­yor dha­rma­yor anu­ga­taṃ sa­mā­dhī­ya­te sa ci­tta­sya sa­mā­dhi­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ.

ta­taḥ pu­naḥ

śā­nto­di­tau tu­lya­pra­tya­yau ci­tta­syai­kā­gra­tā­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ [YS 3.12]

sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­sya pū­rva­pra­tya­yaḥ śā­nta utta­ras ta­tsa­dṛ­śa udi­taḥ, sa­mā­dhi­ci­ttam ubha­yor anu­ga­taṃ pu­nas ta­thai­vā­sa­mā­dhi­bhre­ṣād iti. sa kha­lv ayaṃ dha­rmi­ṇaś ci­tta­syai­kā­gra­tā­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ.

ete­na bhū­te­ndri­ye­ṣu dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­mā vyā­khyā­tāḥ [YS 3.13]

ete­na pū­rvo­kte­na ci­tta­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­sthā­rū­pe­ṇa bhū­te­ndri­ye­ṣu dha­rma­pa­ri­ṇā­mo la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo­+a­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­maś co­kto ve­di­ta­vyaḥ. ta­tra vyu­tthā­na­ni­ro­dha­yor abhi­bha­va­prā­du­rbhā­vau dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rma­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­maś ca ni­ro­dhas tri­la­kṣa­ṇas tri­bhir adhva­bhir yu­ktaḥ. sa kha­lv anā­ga­ta­la­kṣa­ṇam adhvā­naṃ pra­tha­maṃ hi­tvā dha­rma­tvam ana­ti­krā­nto va­rta­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ. ya­trā­sya sva­rū­pe­ṇā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ. eṣo­+a­sya dvi­tī­yo­+a­dhvā. na cā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­bhyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyāṃ vi­yu­ktaḥ.

ta­thā vyu­tthā­naṃ tri­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tri­bhir adhva­bhir yu­ktaṃ va­rta­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ hi­tvā dha­rma­tvam ana­ti­krā­ntam atī­ta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­nnam. eṣo­+a­sya tṛ­tī­yo­+a­dhvā. na cā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­nā­bhyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyāṃ vi­yu­ktam. evaṃ pu­nar vyu­tthā­nam upa­saṃ­pa­dya­mā­nam anā­ga­ta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ hi­tvā dha­rma­tvam ana­ti­krā­ntaṃ va­rta­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­nnam. ya­trā­sya sva­rū­pā­bhi­vya­ktau sa­tyāṃ vyā­pā­raḥ eṣo­+a­sya dvi­tī­yo­+a­dhvā. na cā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­bhyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyāṃ vi­yu­ktam iti. evaṃ pu­nar ni­ro­dha evaṃ pu­nar vyu­tthā­nam iti.

ta­thā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ta­tra ni­ro­dha­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu ni­ro­dha­saṃ­skā­rā ba­la­va­nto bha­va­nti du­rba­lā vyu­tthā­na­saṃ­skā­rā iti. eṣa dha­rmā­ṇām ava­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. ta­tra dha­rmi­ṇo dha­rmaiḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo dha­rmā­ṇāṃ trya­dhva­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇaiḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo la­kṣa­ṇā­nām apy ava­sthā­bhiḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti. evaṃ dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­maiḥ śū­nyaṃ na kṣa­ṇam api gu­ṇa­vṛ­ttam ava­ti­ṣṭha­te. ca­laṃ ca gu­ṇa­vṛ­ttam. gu­ṇa­svā­bhā­vyaṃ tu pra­vṛ­tti­kā­ra­ṇam uktaṃ gu­ṇā­nām iti. ete­na bhū­te­ndri­ye­ṣu dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhe­dāt tri­vi­dhaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo ve­di­ta­vyaḥ.

pa­ra­mā­rtha­tas tv eka eva pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. dha­rmi­sva­rū­pa­mā­tro hi dha­rmo dha­rmi­vi­kri­yai­vai­ṣā dha­rma­dvā­rā pra­pa­ñcya­ta iti. ta­tra dha­rma­sya dha­rmi­ṇi va­rta­mā­na­syai­vā­dhva­sv atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­ne­ṣu bhā­vā­nya­thā­tvaṃ bha­va­ti na tu dra­vyā­nya­thā­tvam. ya­thā su­va­rṇa­bhā­ja­na­sya bhi­ttvā­nya­thā­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­sya bhā­vā­nya­thā­tvaṃ bha­va­ti na su­va­rṇā­nya­thā­tvam iti.

apa­ra āha --- dha­rmā­na­bhya­dhi­ko dha­rmī pū­rva­ta­ttvā­na­ti­kra­māt. pū­rvā­pa­rā­va­sthā­bhe­dam anu­pa­ti­taḥ kau­ṭa­sthye­nai­va pa­ri­va­rte­ta yady anva­yī syād iti.

ayam ado­ṣaḥ. ka­smāt. ekā­nta­tā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­māt. tad etat trai­lo­kyaṃ vya­kter apai­ti ni­tya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhāt. ape­tam apy asti vi­nā­śa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhāt. saṃ­sa­rgāc cā­sya sau­kṣmyaṃ, sau­kṣmyāc cā­nu­pa­la­bdhir iti.

la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo dha­rmo­+a­dhva­su va­rta­mā­no­+a­tī­to­+a­tī­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kto­+a­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­nā­bhyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyām avi­yu­ktaḥ. ta­thā­nā­ga­to­+a­nā­ga­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kto va­rta­mā­nā­tī­tā­bhyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyām avi­yu­ktaḥ. ta­thā va­rta­mā­no va­rta­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kto­+a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­bhyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyām avi­yu­kta iti. ya­thā pu­ru­ṣa eka­syāṃ stri­yāṃ ra­kto na śe­ṣā­su vi­ra­kto bha­va­tī­ti.

atra la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­me sa­rva­sya sa­rva­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gād adhva­saṃ­ka­raḥ prā­pno­tī­ti pa­rair do­ṣaś co­dya­ta iti. ta­sya pa­ri­hā­raḥ --- dha­rmā­ṇāṃ dha­rma­tvam apra­sā­dhyam. sati ca dha­rma­tve la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­do­+a­pi vā­cyo na va­rta­mā­na­sa­ma­ya evā­sya dha­rma­tvam. evaṃ hi na ci­ttaṃ rā­ga­dha­rma­kaṃ syāt kro­dha­kā­le rā­ga­syā­sa­mu­dā­cā­rād iti.

kiṃ­ca tra­yā­ṇāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ yu­ga­pad eka­syāṃ vya­ktau nā­sti saṃ­bha­vaḥ. kra­me­ṇa tu sva­vya­ñja­kā­ñja­na­sya bhā­vo bha­ved iti. uktaṃ ca rū­pā­ti­śa­yā vṛ­ttya­ti­śa­yāś ca vi­ru­dhya­nte, sā­mā­nyā­ni tv ati­śa­yaiḥ saha pra­va­rta­nte. ta­smād asaṃ­ka­raḥ ya­thā rā­ga­syai­va kva­cit sa­mu­dā­cā­ra iti na ta­dā­nīm anya­trā­bhā­vaḥ, kiṃ­tu ke­va­laṃ sā­mā­nye­na sa­ma­nvā­ga­ta ity asti tadā ta­tra ta­sya bhā­vaḥ ta­thā la­kṣa­ṇa­sye­ti.

na dha­rmī trya­dhvā dha­rmās tu trya­dhvā­nas te la­kṣi­tā ala­kṣi­tās ta­tra la­kṣi­tās tāṃ tām ava­sthāṃ prā­pnu­va­nto­+a­nya­tve­na pra­ti­ni­rdi­śya­nte­+a­va­sthā­nta­ra­to na dra­vyā­nta­ra­taḥ. ya­thai­kā re­khā śa­ta­sthā­ne śa­taṃ da­śa­sthā­ne da­śai­kā cai­ka­sthā­ne ya­thā cai­ka­tve­+a­pi strī mātā co­cya­te du­hi­tā ca sva­sā ceti.

ava­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­me kau­ṭa­sthya­pra­sa­ṅga­do­ṣaḥ kai­ścid uktaḥ. ka­tham. adhva­no vyā­pā­re­ṇa vya­va­hi­ta­tvāt. yadā dha­rmaḥ sva­vyā­pā­raṃ na ka­ro­ti ta­dā­nā­ga­to yadā ka­ro­ti tadā va­rta­mā­no yadā kṛ­tvā ni­vṛ­ttas ta­dā­tī­ta ity evaṃ dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇor la­kṣa­ṇā­nām ava­sthā­nāṃ ca kau­ṭa­sthyaṃ prā­pno­tī­ti pa­rair doṣa ucya­te.

nā­sau do­ṣaḥ. ka­smāt. gu­ṇi­ni­tya­tve­+a­pi gu­ṇā­nāṃ vi­ma­rda­vai­ci­tryāt. ya­thā saṃ­sthā­nam ādi­mad dha­rma­mā­traṃ śa­bdā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ vi­nā­śya­vi­nā­śi­nām evaṃ li­ṅgam ādi­mad dha­rma­mā­traṃ sa­ttvā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ vi­nā­śya­vi­nā­śi­nā ta­smin vi­kā­ra­saṃ­jñe­ti.

ta­tre­dam udā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ mṛ­ddha­rmī pi­ṇḍā­kā­rād dha­rmād dha­rmā­nta­ram upa­saṃ­pa­dya­mā­no dha­rma­taḥ pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te gha­ṭā­kā­ra iti. gha­ṭā­kā­ro­+a­nā­ga­taṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ hi­tvā va­rta­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta iti la­kṣa­ṇa­taḥ pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te. gha­ṭo na­va­pu­rā­ṇa­tāṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇam anu­bha­va­nn ava­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta iti. dha­rmi­ṇo­+a­pi dha­rmā­nta­ram ava­sthā dha­rma­syā­pi la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­ram ava­sthe­ty eka eva dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo bhe­de­no­pa­da­rśi­ta iti. evaṃ pa­dā­rthā­nta­re­ṣv api yo­jyam iti. ta ete dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­mā dha­rmi­sva­rū­pam ana­ti­krā­ntā ity eka eva pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa­rvān amūn vi­śe­ṣān abhi­pla­va­te. atha ko­+a­yaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. ava­sthi­ta­sya dra­vya­sya pū­rva­dha­rma­ni­vṛ­ttau dha­rmā­nta­ro­tpa­ttiḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti.

ta­tra ---

śā­nto­di­tā­vya­pa­de­śya­dha­rmā­nu­pā­tī dha­rmī [YS 3.14]

yo­gya­tā­va­cchi­nnā dha­rmi­ṇaḥ śa­ktir eva dha­rmaḥ. sa ca pha­la­pra­sa­va­bhe­dā­nu­mi­ta eka­syā­nyo­+a­nyaś ca pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭaḥ. ta­tra va­rta­mā­naḥ sva­vyā­pā­ram anu­bha­van dha­rmī dha­rmā­nta­re­bhyaḥ śā­nte­bhyaś cā­vya­pa­de­śye­bhyaś ca bhi­dya­te. yadā tu sā­mā­nye­na sa­ma­nvā­ga­to bha­va­ti tadā dha­rmi­sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­tvāt ko­+a­sau kena bhi­dye­ta.

ta­tra ye kha­lu dha­rmi­ṇo dha­rmāḥ śā­ntā udi­tā avya­pa­de­śyāś ceti, ta­tra śā­ntā ye kṛ­tvā vyā­pā­rā­nu­pa­ra­tāḥ sa­vyā­pā­rā udi­tās te cā­nā­ga­ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sa­ma­na­nta­rā va­rta­mā­na­syā­na­nta­rā atī­tāḥ ki­ma­rtham atī­ta­syā­na­nta­rā na bha­va­nti va­rta­mā­nāḥ, pū­rva­pa­ści­ma­tā­yā abhā­vāt. ya­thā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­na­yoḥ pū­rva­pa­ści­ma­tā nai­vam atī­ta­sya. ta­smān nā­tī­ta­syā­sti sa­ma­na­nta­raḥ ta­da­nā­ga­ta eva sa­ma­na­nta­ro bha­va­ti va­rta­mā­na­sye­ti.

athā­vya­pa­de­śyāḥ ke sa­rvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­kam iti. ya­tro­ktam --- ja­la­bhū­myoḥ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kaṃ ra­sā­di­vai­śva­rū­pyaṃ sthā­va­re­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭam. ta­thā sthā­va­rā­ṇāṃ ja­ṅga­me­ṣu ja­ṅga­mā­nāṃ sthā­va­re­ṣv ity evaṃ jā­tya­nu­cche­de­na sa­rvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­kam iti.

de­śa­kā­lā­kā­ra­ni­mi­ttā­pa­ba­ndhān na kha­lu sa­mā­na­kā­lam ātma­nām abhi­vya­ktir iti. ya ete­ṣv abhi­vya­ktā­na­bhi­vya­kte­ṣu dha­rme­ṣv anu­pā­tī sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tmā so­+a­nva­yī dha­rmī. ya­sya tu dha­rma­mā­tram eve­daṃ ni­ra­nva­yaṃ ta­sya bho­gā­bhā­vaḥ. ka­smāt, anye­na vi­jñā­ne­na kṛ­ta­sya ka­rma­ṇo­+a­nyat ka­thaṃ bho­ktṛ­tve­nā­dhi­kri­ya­te. ta­tsmṛ­tya­bhā­vaś ca nā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya sma­ra­ṇam anya­syā­stī­ti. va­stu­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nāc ca sthi­to­+a­nva­yī dha­rmī yo dha­rmā­nya­thā­tvam abhyu­pa­ga­taḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­te ta­smān ne­daṃ dha­rma­mā­traṃ ni­ra­nva­yam iti.

kra­mā­nya­tvaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nya­tve he­tuḥ [YS 3.15]

eka­sya dha­rmi­ṇa eka eva pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti pra­sa­kte kra­mā­nya­tvaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nya­tve he­tur bha­va­tī­ti. ta­dya­thā cū­rṇa­mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­mṛ­dgha­ṭa­mṛ­tka­pā­la­mṛ­tka­ṇa­mṛd iti ca kra­maḥ. yo ya­sya dha­rma­sya sa­ma­na­nta­ro dha­rmaḥ sa ta­sya kra­maḥ. pi­ṇḍaḥ pra­cya­va­te gha­ṭa upa­jā­ya­ta iti dha­rma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­maḥ. la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­mo gha­ṭa­syā­nā­ga­ta­bhā­vād va­rta­mā­na­bhā­vaḥ kra­maḥ. ta­thā pi­ṇḍa­sya va­rta­mā­na­bhā­vād atī­ta­bhā­vaḥ kra­maḥ. nā­tī­ta­syā­sti kra­maḥ. ka­smāt. pū­rva­pa­ra­tā­yāṃ sa­tyāṃ sa­ma­na­nta­ra­tvaṃ, sā tu nā­sty atī­ta­sya ta­smād dva­yor eva la­kṣa­ṇa­yoḥ kra­maḥ. ta­thā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­mo­+a­pi gha­ṭa­syā­bhi­na­va­sya prā­nte pu­rā­ṇa­tā dṛ­śya­te. sā ca kṣa­ṇa­pa­ra­mpa­rā­nu­pā­ti­nā kra­me­ṇā­bhi­vya­jya­mā­nā pa­rāṃ vya­ktim āpa­dya­ta iti. dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyāṃ ca vi­śi­ṣṭo­+a­yaṃ tṛ­tī­yaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti.

ta ete kra­mā dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhe­de sati pra­ti­la­bdha­sva­rū­pāḥ. dha­rmo­+a­pi dha­rmī bha­va­ty anya­dha­rma­sva­rū­pā­pe­kṣa­ye­ti. yadā tu pa­ra­mā­rtha­to dha­rmi­ṇy abhe­do­pa­cā­ras ta­ddvā­re­ṇa sa evā­bhi­dhī­ya­te dha­rmas ta­dā­yam eka­tve­nai­va kra­maḥ pra­tya­va­bhā­sa­te.

ci­tta­sya dva­ye dha­rmā pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭāś cā­pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭāś ca. ta­tra pra­tya­yā­tma­kāḥ pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭā va­stu­mā­trā­tma­kā apa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭāḥ. te ca sa­ptai­va bha­va­nty anu­mā­ne­na prā­pi­ta­va­stu­mā­tra­sa­dbhā­vāḥ.

``

nirodhadharmasaṃskārāḥ pariṇāmo+atha jīvanam /
ceṣṭā śaktiś ca cittasya dharmā darśanavarjitāḥ //
'' iti.

ato yo­gi­na upā­tta­sa­rva­sā­dha­na­sya bu­bhu­tsi­tā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye saṃ­ya­ma­sya vi­ṣa­ya upa­kṣi­pya­te ---

pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tra­ya­saṃ­ya­mād atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­jñā­nam [YS 3.16]

dha­rma­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­sthā­pa­ri­ṇā­me­ṣu saṃ­ya­mād yo­gi­nāṃ bha­va­ty atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­jñā­nam. dhā­ra­ṇā­dhyā­na­sa­mā­dhi­tra­yam eka­tra saṃ­ya­ma uktaḥ. tena pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tra­yaṃ sā­kṣā­tkri­ya­mā­ṇam atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­jñā­naṃ teṣu saṃ­pā­da­ya­ti.

śa­bdā­rtha­pra­tya­yā­nām ita­re­ta­rā­dhyā­sāt saṃ­ka­ras ta­tpra­vi­bhā­ga­saṃ­ya­māt sa­rva­bhū­ta­ru­ta­jñā­nam [YS 3.17]

ta­tra vā­gva­rṇe­ṣv evā­rtha­va­tī. śro­traṃ ca dhva­ni­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­mā­tra­vi­ṣa­yam. pa­daṃ pu­nar nā­dā­nu­saṃ­hā­ra­bu­ddhi­ni­rgrā­hyam iti. va­rṇā eka­sa­ma­yā­saṃ­bha­vi­tvāt pa­ra­spa­ra­ni­ra­nu­gra­hā­tmā­nas te pa­dam asaṃ­spṛ­śyā­nu­pa­sthā­pyā­vi­rbhū­tās ti­ro­bhū­tāś ceti pra­tye­kam apa­da­sva­rū­pā ucya­nte.

va­rṇaḥ pu­nar ekai­kaḥ pa­dā­tmā sa­rvā­bhi­dhā­na­śa­kti­pra­ci­taḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­va­rṇā­nta­ra­pra­ti­yo­gi­tvād vai­śva­rū­pyam ivā­pa­nnaḥ pū­rvaś co­tta­re­ṇo­tta­raś ca pū­rve­ṇa vi­śe­ṣe­+a­va­sthā­pi­ta ity evaṃ ba­ha­vo va­rṇāḥ kra­mā­nu­ro­dhi­no­+a­rtha­saṃ­ke­te­nā­va­cchi­nnā iya­nta ete sa­rvā­bhi­dhā­na­śa­kti­pa­ri­vṛ­tā ga­kā­rau­kā­ra­vi­sa­rja­nī­yāḥ sā­snā­di­ma­ntam arthaṃ dyo­ta­ya­ntī­ti.

tad ete­ṣām artha­saṃ­ke­te­nā­va­cchi­nnā­nām upa­saṃ­hṛ­ta­dhva­ni­kra­mā­ṇāṃ ya eko bu­ddhi­ni­rbhā­sas ta­tpa­daṃ vā­ca­kaṃ vā­cya­sya saṃ­ke­tya­te. tad ekaṃ pa­dam eka­bu­ddhi­vi­ṣa­ya eka­pra­ya­tnā­kṣi­ptam abhā­gam akra­mam ava­rṇaṃ bau­ddham antya­va­rṇa­pra­tya­ya­vyā­pā­ro­pa­sthā­pi­taṃ pa­ra­tra pra­ti­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣa­yā va­rṇair evā­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­naiḥ śrū­ya­mā­ṇaiś ca śro­tṛ­bhir anā­di­vā­gvya­va­hā­ra­vā­sa­nā­nu­vi­ddha­yā lo­ka­bu­ddhyā si­ddha­va­tsaṃ­pra­ti­pa­ttyā pra­tī­ya­te.

ta­sya saṃ­ke­ta­bu­ddhi­taḥ pra­vi­bhā­ga etā­va­tām evaṃ­jā­tī­ya­ko­+a­nu­saṃ­hā­ra eka­syā­rtha­sya vā­ca­ka iti. saṃ­ke­tas tu pa­da­pa­dā­rtha­yor ita­re­ta­rā­dhyā­sa­rū­paḥ smṛ­tyā­tma­ko yo­+a­yaṃ śa­bdaḥ so­+a­yam artho yo­+a­yam arthaḥ so­+a­yaṃ śa­bda iti. evam ita­re­ta­rā­dhyā­sa­rū­paḥ saṃ­ke­to bha­va­tī­ti. evam ete śa­bdā­rtha­pra­tya­yā ita­re­ta­rā­dhyā­sāt saṃ­kī­rṇā gaur iti śa­bdo gaur ity artho gaur iti jñā­nam. ya eṣāṃ pra­vi­bhā­ga­jñaḥ sa sa­rva­vit.

sa­rva­pa­de­ṣu cā­sti vā­kya­śa­kti­vṛ­kṣa ity ukte­+a­stī­ti ga­mya­te. na sa­ttāṃ pa­dā­rtho vya­bhi­ca­ra­tī­ti. ta­thā na hy asā­dha­nā kri­yā­stī­ti.

ta­thā ca pa­ca­tī­ty ukte sa­rva­kā­ra­kā­ṇām ākṣe­po ni­ya­mā­rtho­+a­nu­vā­daḥ ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇāṃ cai­trā­gni­ta­ṇḍu­lā­nām iti. dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ca vā­kyā­rthe pa­da­ra­ca­naṃ śro­tri­yaś cha­ndo­+a­dhī­te, jī­va­ti prā­ṇān dhā­ra­ya­ti. ta­tra vā­kye pa­dā­rthā­bhi­vya­ktis ta­taḥ pa­daṃ pra­vi­bha­jya vyā­ka­ra­ṇī­yaṃ kri­yā­vā­ca­kaṃ vā kā­ra­ka­vā­ca­kaṃ vā. anya­thā bha­va­ty aśvo­+a­jā­pa­ya ity eva­mā­di­ṣu nā­mā­khyā­ta­sā­rū­pyād ani­rjñā­taṃ ka­thaṃ kri­yā­yāṃ kā­ra­ke vā vyā­kri­ye­te­ti.

te­ṣāṃ śa­bdā­rtha­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ pra­vi­bhā­gaḥ. ta­dya­thā śve­ta­te prā­sā­da iti kri­yā­rthaḥ, śve­taḥ prā­sā­da iti kā­ra­kā­rthaḥ śa­bdaḥ, kri­yā­kā­ra­kā­tmā ta­da­rthaḥ pra­tya­yaś ca. ka­smāt so­+a­yam ity abhi­saṃ­ba­ndhād ekā­kā­ra eva pra­tya­yaḥ saṃ­ke­ta iti.

yas tu śve­to­+a­rthaḥ sa śa­bda­pra­tya­ya­yor āla­mba­nī­bhū­taḥ. sa hi svā­bhir ava­sthā­bhir vi­kri­ya­mā­ṇo na śa­bda­sa­ha­ga­to na bu­ddhi­sa­ha­ga­taḥ. evaṃ śa­bda evaṃ pra­tya­yo ne­ta­re­ta­ra­sa­ha­ga­ta ity anya­thā śa­bdo­+a­nya­thā­rtho­+a­nya­thā pra­tya­ya iti vi­bhā­gaḥ. evaṃ ta­tpra­vi­bhā­ga­saṃ­ya­mād yo­gi­naḥ sa­rva­bhū­ta­ru­ta­jñā­naṃ saṃ­pa­dya­ta iti.

saṃ­skā­ra­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇāt pū­rva­jā­ti­jñā­nam [YS 3.18]

dva­ye kha­lv amī saṃ­skā­rāḥ smṛ­ti­kle­śa­he­ta­vo vā­sa­nā­rū­pā vi­pā­ka­he­ta­vo dha­rmā­dha­rma­rū­pāḥ. te pū­rva­bha­vā­bhi­saṃ­skṛ­tāḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ce­ṣṭā­ni­ro­dha­śa­kti­jī­va­na­dha­rma­vad apa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭāś ci­tta­dha­rmāḥ. teṣu saṃ­ya­maḥ saṃ­skā­ra­sā­kṣā­tkri­yā­yai sa­ma­rthaḥ. na ca de­śa­kā­la­ni­mi­ttā­nu­bha­vair vinā te­ṣām asti sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇam. tad itthaṃ saṃ­skā­ra­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇāt pū­rva­jā­ti­jñā­nam utpa­dya­te yo­gi­naḥ. pa­ra­trā­py evam eva saṃ­skā­ra­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇāt pa­ra­jā­ti­saṃ­ve­da­nam.

atre­dam ākhyā­naṃ śrū­ya­te --- bha­ga­va­to jai­gī­ṣa­vya­sya saṃ­skā­ra­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇād da­śa­su ma­hā­sa­rge­ṣu ja­nma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­mam anu­pa­śya­to vi­ve­ka­jaṃ jñā­naṃ prā­du­ra­bhūt. atha bha­ga­vān āva­ṭyas ta­nu­dha­ras tam uvā­ca --- da­śa­su ma­hā­sa­rge­ṣu bha­vya­tvād ana­bhi­bhū­ta­bu­ddhi­sa­ttve­na tva­yā na­ra­ka­ti­rya­gga­rbha­saṃ­bha­vaṃ duḥ­khaṃ saṃ­pa­śya­tā de­va­ma­nu­ṣye­ṣu pu­naḥ pu­nar utpa­dya­mā­ne­na su­kha­duḥ­kha­yoḥ kim adhi­kam upa­la­bdham iti. bha­ga­va­ntam āva­ṭyaṃ jai­gī­ṣa­vya uvā­ca. da­śa­su ma­hā­sa­rge­ṣu bha­vya­tvād ana­bhi­bhū­ta­bu­ddhi­sa­ttve­na mayā na­ra­ka­ti­rya­gbha­vaṃ duḥ­khaṃ saṃ­pa­śya­tā de­va­ma­nu­ṣye­ṣu pu­naḥ pu­nar utpa­dya­mā­ne­na yat kiṃ­cid anu­bhū­taṃ tat sa­rvaṃ duḥ­kham eva pra­tya­vai­mi. bha­ga­vān āva­ṭya uvā­ca. yad idam āyu­ṣma­taḥ pra­dhā­na­va­śi­tvam anu­tta­maṃ ca saṃ­to­ṣa­su­khaṃ kim idam api duḥ­kha­pa­kṣe ni­kṣi­ptam iti. bha­va­gāñ jai­gī­ṣa­vya uvā­ca --- vi­ṣa­ya­su­khā­pe­kṣa­yai­ve­dam anu­tta­maṃ saṃ­to­ṣa­su­kham uktam. kai­va­lya­su­khā­pe­kṣa­yā duḥ­kham eva. bu­ddhi­sa­ttva­syā­yaṃ dha­rmas tri­gu­ṇas tri­gu­ṇaś ca pra­tya­yo he­ya­pa­kṣe nya­sta iti. duḥ­kha­rū­pas tṛ­ṣṇā­ta­ntuḥ. tṛ­ṣṇā­duḥ­kha­saṃ­tā­pā­pa­ga­māt tu pra­sa­nnam abā­dhaṃ sa­rvā­nu­kū­laṃ su­kham idam uktam iti.

pra­tya­ya­sya pa­ra­ci­tta­jñā­nam [YS 3.19]

pra­tya­ye saṃ­ya­māt pra­tya­ya­sya sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇāt ta­taḥ pa­ra­ci­tta­jñā­nam.

na ca tat sā­la­mba­naṃ ta­syā­vi­ṣa­yī­bhū­ta­tvāt [YS 3.20]

ra­ktaṃ pra­tya­yaṃ jā­nā­ty amu­ṣmi­nn āla­mba­ne ra­ktam iti na jā­nā­ti. pa­ra­pra­tya­ya­sya yad āla­mba­naṃ tad yo­gi­ci­tte­na nā­la­mba­nī­kṛ­taṃ pa­ra­pra­tya­ya­mā­traṃ tu yo­gi­ci­tta­syā­la­mba­nī­bhū­tam iti.

kā­ya­rū­pa­saṃ­ya­māt ta­dgrā­hya­śa­kti­sta­mbhe ca­kṣuḥ­pra­kā­śā­saṃ­pra­yo­ge­+a­nta­rdhā­nam [YS 3.21]

kā­ya­sya rūpe saṃ­ya­mād rū­pa­sya yā grā­hyā śa­ktis tāṃ pra­ti­ṣṭa­bhnā­ti. grā­hya­śa­kti­sta­mbhe sati ca­kṣu­ṣpra­kā­śā­saṃ­pra­yo­ge­+a­nta­rdhā­nam utpa­dya­te yo­gi­naḥ. ete­na śa­bdā­dya­nta­rdhā­nam uktaṃ ve­di­ta­vyam.

so­pa­kra­maṃ ni­ru­pa­kra­maṃ ca ka­rma ta­tsaṃ­ya­mād apa­rā­nta­jñā­nam ari­ṣṭe­bhyo vā [YS 3.22]

āyu­rvi­pā­kaṃ ka­rma dvi­vi­dhaṃ so­pa­kra­maṃ ni­ru­pa­kra­maṃ ca. ta­tra ya­thā­rdraṃ va­straṃ vi­tā­ni­taṃ la­ghī­ya­sā kā­le­na śu­ṣyet ta­thā so­pa­kra­mam. ya­thā ca tad eva saṃ­pi­ṇḍi­taṃ ci­re­ṇa saṃ­śu­ṣyed evaṃ ni­ru­pa­kra­mam. ya­thā vā­gniḥ śu­ṣke ka­kṣe mu­kto vā­te­na sa­ma­nta­to yu­ktaḥ kṣe­pī­ya­sā kā­le­na da­het ta­thā so­pa­kra­mam. ya­thā vā sa evā­gnis tṛ­ṇa­rā­śau kra­ma­śo 'va­ya­ve­ṣu nya­staś ci­re­ṇa da­het ta­thā ni­ru­pa­kra­mam. ta­dai­ka­bha­vi­kam āyu­ṣka­raṃ ka­rma dvi­vi­dhaṃ so­pa­kra­maṃ ni­ru­pa­kra­maṃ ca. ta­tsaṃ­ya­mād apa­rā­nta­sya prā­ya­ṇa­sya jñā­nam.

ari­ṣṭe­bhyo veti tri­vi­dham ari­ṣṭam ādhyā­tmi­kam ādhi­bhau­ti­kam ādhi­dai­vi­kaṃ ceti. ta­trā­dhyā­tmi­kaṃ gho­ṣaṃ sva­de­he pi­hi­ta­ka­rṇo na śṛ­ṇo­ti, jyo­tir vā ne­tre­+a­va­ṣṭa­bdhe na pa­śya­ti. ta­thā­dhi­bhau­ti­kaṃ ya­ma­pu­ru­ṣān pa­śya­ti, pi­tṝn atī­tān aka­smāt pa­śya­ti. ta­thā­dhi­dai­vi­kaṃ sva­rgam aka­smāt si­ddhān vā pa­śya­ti. vi­pa­rī­taṃ vā sa­rvam iti ane­na vā jā­nā­ty apa­rā­ntam upa­sthi­tam iti.

mai­tryā­di­ṣu ba­lā­ni [YS 3.23]

mai­trī ka­ru­ṇā mu­di­te­ti ti­sro bhā­va­nās ta­tra bhū­te­ṣu su­khi­te­ṣu mai­trīṃ bhā­va­yi­tvā mai­trī­ba­laṃ la­bha­te. duḥ­khi­te­ṣu ka­ru­ṇāṃ bhā­va­yi­tvā ka­ru­ṇā­ba­laṃ la­bha­te. pu­ṇya­śī­le­ṣu mu­di­tāṃ bhā­va­yi­tvā mu­di­tā­ba­laṃ la­bha­te. bhā­va­nā­taḥ sa­mā­dhir yaḥ sa saṃ­ya­mas tato ba­lā­ny ava­ndhya­vī­ryā­ṇi jā­ya­nte. pā­pa­śī­le­ṣū­pe­kṣā na tu bhā­va­nā. ta­taś ca ta­syāṃ nā­sti sa­mā­dhir ity ato na ba­lam upe­kṣā­tas ta­tra saṃ­ya­mā­bhā­vād iti.

ba­le­ṣu ha­sti­ba­lā­dī­ni [YS 3.24]

ha­sti­ba­le saṃ­ya­mād dha­sti­ba­lo bha­va­ti. vai­na­te­ya­ba­le saṃ­ya­mād vai­na­te­ya­ba­lo bha­va­ti. vā­yu­ba­le saṃ­ya­mād vā­yu­ba­lo bha­va­tī­ty eva­mā­di.

pra­vṛ­ttyā­lo­ka­nyā­sāt sū­kṣma­vya­va­hi­ta­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­jñā­nam [YS 3.25]

jyo­ti­ṣma­tī pra­vṛ­ttir uktā ma­na­sas ta­syā ya ālo­kas taṃ yogī sū­kṣme vā vya­va­hi­te vā vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe vā­rthe vi­nya­sya tam artham adhi­ga­ccha­ti.

bhu­va­na­jñā­naṃ sū­rye saṃ­ya­māt [YS 3.26]

ta­tpra­stā­raḥ sa­pta lo­kāḥ. ta­trā­vī­ceḥ pra­bhṛ­ti me­ru­pṛ­ṣṭhaṃ yā­vad ity evaṃ bhū­rlo­kaḥ. me­ru­pṛ­ṣṭhād āra­bhya --- ādhru­vād gra­ha­na­kṣa­tra­tā­rā­vi­ci­tro­+a­nta­ri­kṣa­lo­kaḥ. ta­taḥ pa­raḥ sva­rlo­kaḥ pa­ñca­vi­dho mā­he­ndras tṛ­tī­yo lo­kaḥ. ca­tu­rthaḥ prā­jā­pa­tyo ma­ha­rlo­kaḥ. tri­vi­dho brā­hmaḥ ta­dya­thā --- ja­na­lo­kas ta­po­lo­kaḥ sa­tya­lo­ka iti.

``

brāhmas tribhūmiko loka prājāpatyas tato mahān /
māhendraś ca svar ity ukto divi tārā bhuvi prajāḥ //
''

iti saṃ­gra­ha­ślo­kaḥ.

ta­trā­vī­cer upa­ry upa­ri ni­vi­ṣṭāḥ ṣa­ṇma­hā­na­ra­ka­bhū­ma­yo gha­na­sa­li­lā­na­lā­ni­lā­kā­śa­ta­maḥ­pra­ti­ṣṭhā ma­hā­kā­lā­mba­rī­ṣa­rau­ra­va­ma­hā­rau­ra­va­kā­la­sū­trā­ndha­tā­mi­srāḥ. ya­tra sva­ka­rmo­pā­rji­ta­duḥ­kha­ve­da­nāḥ prā­ṇi­naḥ ka­ṣṭam āyur dī­rgham ākṣi­pya jā­ya­nte. tato ma­hā­ta­la­ra­sā­ta­lā­ta­la­su­ta­la­vi­ta­la­ta­lā­ta­la­pā­tā­lā­khyā­ni sa­pta pā­tā­lā­ni. bhū­mir iyam aṣṭa­mī sa­pta­dvī­pā va­su­ma­tī, ya­syāḥ su­me­rur ma­dhye pa­rva­ta­rā­jaḥ kā­ñca­naḥ. ta­sya rā­ja­ta­vai­dū­rya­spha­ṭi­ka­he­ma­ma­ṇi­ma­yā­ni śṛ­ṅgā­ṇi. ta­tra vai­dū­rya­pra­bhā­nu­rā­gān nī­lo­tpa­la­pa­tra­śyā­mo na­bha­so da­kṣi­ṇo bhā­gaḥ, śve­taḥ pū­rvaḥ, sva­cchaḥ pa­ści­maḥ, ku­ra­ṇṭa­kā­bha utta­raḥ. da­kṣi­ṇa­pā­rśve cā­sya ja­mbūr ya­to­+a­yaṃ ja­mbū­dvī­paḥ. ta­sya sū­rya­pra­cā­rād rā­triṃ­di­vaṃ la­gnam iva va­rta­te. ta­sya nī­la­śve­ta­śṛ­ṅga­va­nta udī­cī­nās tra­yaḥ pa­rva­tā dvi­sā­ha­srā­yā­māḥ. ta­da­nta­re­ṣu trī­ṇi va­rṣā­ṇi nava nava yo­ja­na­sā­ha­srā­ṇi ra­ma­ṇa­kaṃ hi­ra­ṇma­yam utta­rāḥ ku­ra­va iti. ni­ṣa­dha­he­ma­kū­ṭa­hi­ma­śai­lā da­kṣi­ṇa­to dvi­sā­ha­srā­yā­māḥ. ta­da­nta­re­ṣu trī­ṇi va­rṣā­ṇi nava nava yo­ja­na­sā­ha­srā­ṇi ha­ri­va­rṣaṃ kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣaṃ bhā­ra­tam iti. su­me­roḥ prā­cī­nā bha­drā­śva­mā­lya­va­tsī­mā­naḥ pra­tī­cī­nāḥ ke­tu­mā­lā ga­ndha­mā­da­na­sī­mā­naḥ. ma­dhye va­rṣa­mi­lā­vṛ­tam. tad etad yo­ja­na­śa­ta­sā­ha­sraṃ su­me­ror di­śi­di­śi ta­da­rdhe­na vyū­ḍham.

sa kha­lv ayaṃ śa­ta­sā­ha­srā­yā­mo ja­mbū­dvī­pas tato dvi­gu­ṇe­na la­va­ṇo­da­dhi­nā va­la­yā­kṛ­ti­nā ve­ṣṭi­taḥ. ta­taś ca dvi­gu­ṇā dvi­gu­ṇāḥ śā­ka­ku­śa­krau­ñca­śā­lma­la­go­me­dha(pla­kṣa) pu­ṣka­ra­dvī­pāḥ, sa­mu­drāś ca sa­rṣa­pa­rā­śi­ka­lpāḥ sa­vi­ci­tra­śai­lā­va­taṃ­sā ikṣu­ra­sa­su­rā­sa­rpi­rda­dhi­ma­ṇḍa­kṣī­ra­svā­dū­da­kāḥ. sa­pta sa­mu­dra­pa­ri­ve­ṣṭi­tā va­la­yā­kṛ­ta­yo lo­kā­lo­ka­pa­rva­ta­pa­ri­vā­rāḥ pa­ñcā­śad yo­ja­na­ko­ṭi­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­tāḥ. tad etat sa­rvaṃ su­pra­ti­ṣṭhi­ta­saṃ­sthā­na­ma­ṇḍa­ma­dhye vyū­ḍham. aṇḍaṃ ca pra­dhā­na­syā­ṇur ava­ya­vo ya­thā­kā­śe kha­dyo­ta iti.

ta­tra pā­tā­le ja­la­dhau pa­rva­te­ṣv ete­ṣu de­va­ni­kā­yā asu­ra­ga­ndha­rva­kiṃ­na­ra­kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣa­ya­kṣa­rā­kṣa­sa­bhū­ta­pre­ta­pi­śā­cā­pa­smā­ra­kā­psa­ro­bra­hma­rā­kṣa­sa­kū­ṣmā­ṇḍa­vi­nā­ya­kāḥ pra­ti­va­sa­nti. sa­rve­ṣu dvī­pe­ṣu pu­ṇyā­tmā­no de­va­ma­nu­ṣyāḥ.

su­me­rus tri­da­śā­nām udyā­na­bhū­miḥ ta­tra mi­śra­va­naṃ na­nda­naṃ cai­tra­ra­thaṃ su­mā­na­sam ity udyā­nā­ni. su­dha­rmā de­va­sa­bhā su­da­rśa­naṃ pu­ram. vai­ja­ya­ntaḥ prā­sā­daḥ. gra­ha­na­kṣa­tra­tā­ra­kās tu dhru­ve ni­ba­ddhā vā­yu­vi­kṣe­pa­ni­ya­me­no­pa­la­kṣi­ta­pra­cā­rāḥ su­me­ror upa­ry upa­ri saṃ­ni­vi­ṣṭā divi vi­pa­ri­va­rta­nte.

mā­he­ndra­ni­vā­si­naḥ ṣa­ḍde­va­ni­kā­yāḥ --- tri­da­śā agni­ṣvā­ttā yā­myās tu­ṣi­tā apa­ri­ni­rmi­ta­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ pa­ri­ni­rmi­ta­va­śa­va­rti­naś ceti. sa­rve saṃ­ka­lpa­si­ddhā aṇi­mā­dyai­śva­ryo­pa­pa­nnāḥ ka­lpā­yu­ṣo vṛ­ndā­ra­kāḥ kā­ma­bho­gi­na au­pa­pā­di­ka­de­hā utta­mā­nu­kū­lā­bhir apsa­ro­bhiḥ kṛ­ta­pa­ri­cā­rāḥ.

ma­ha­ti loke prā­jā­pa­tye pa­ñca­vi­dho de­va­ni­kā­yaḥ --- ku­mu­dā ṛbha­vaḥ pra­ta­rda­nā añja­nā­bhāḥ pra­ci­tā­bhā iti. ete ma­hā­bhū­ta­va­śi­no dhyā­nā­hā­rāḥ ka­lpa­sa­ha­srā­yu­ṣaḥ. pra­tha­me bra­hma­ṇo ja­na­lo­ke ca­tu­rvi­dho de­va­ni­kā­yo bra­hma­pu­ro­hi­tā bra­hma­kā­yi­kā bra­hma­ma­hā­kā­yi­kā ama­rā iti. te bhū­te­ndri­ya­va­śi­no dvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇo­tta­rā­yu­ñaḥ.

dvi­tī­ye ta­pa­si loke tri­vi­dho de­va­ni­kā­yaḥ --- ābhā­sva­rā ma­hā­bhā­sva­rāḥ sa­tya­ma­hā­bhā­sva­rā iti. te bhū­te­ndri­ya­pra­kṛ­ti­va­śi­no dvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇo­tta­rā­yu­ṣaḥ sa­rve dhyā­nā­hā­rā ūrdhva­re­ta­sa ūrdhvam apra­ti­ha­ta­jñā­nā adha­ra­bhū­mi­ṣv anā­vṛ­ta­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yāḥ. tṛ­tī­ye bra­hma­ṇaḥ sa­tya­lo­ke ca­tvā­ro de­va­ni­kā­yā akṛ­ta­bha­va­na­nyā­sāḥ sva­pra­ti­ṣṭhā upa­ryu­pa­ri­sthi­tāḥ pra­dhā­na­va­śi­no yā­vat sa­rgā­yu­ṣaḥ.

ta­trā­cyu­tāḥ sa­vi­ta­rka­dhyā­na­su­khāḥ, śu­ddha­ni­vā­sāḥ sa­vi­cā­ra­dhyā­na­su­khāḥ, sa­tyā­bhā āna­nda­mā­tra­dhyā­na­su­khāḥ, saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­naś cā­smi­tā­mā­tra­dhyā­na­su­khāḥ. te­+a­pi trai­lo­kya­ma­dhye pra­ti­ti­ṣṭha­nti. ta ete sa­pta lo­kāḥ sa­rva eva bra­hma­lo­kāḥ. vi­de­ha­pra­kṛ­ti­la­yās tu mo­kṣa­pa­de va­rta­nta iti na lo­ka­ma­dhye nya­stā iti. etad yo­gi­nā sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇī­yaṃ sū­rya­dvā­re saṃ­ya­maṃ kṛ­tvā, ta­to­+a­nya­trā­pi evaṃ tā­vad abhya­sed yā­vad idaṃ sa­rvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭam iti.

ca­ndre tā­rā­vyū­ha­jñā­nam [YS 3.27]

ca­ndre saṃ­ya­maṃ kṛ­tvā tā­rā­ṇāṃ vyū­haṃ vi­jā­nī­yāt.

dhru­ve ta­dga­ti­jñā­nam [YS 3.28]

tato dhru­ve saṃ­ya­maṃ kṛ­tvā tā­rā­ṇāṃ ga­tiṃ vi­jā­nī­yāt ūrdhva­vi­mā­ne­ṣu kṛ­ta­saṃ­ya­mas tāni vi­jā­nī­yāt.

nā­bhi­ca­kre kā­ya­vyū­ha­jñā­nam [YS 3.29]

nā­bhi­ca­kre saṃ­ya­maṃ kṛ­tvā kā­ya­vyū­haṃ vi­jā­nī­yāt vā­ta­pi­tta­śle­ṣmā­ṇas tra­yo do­ṣāḥ. dhā­ta­vaḥ sa­pta tva­glo­hi­ta­māṃ­sa­snā­yva­sthi­ma­jjā­śu­krā­ṇi pū­rvaṃ pū­rvam eṣāṃ bā­hyam ity eṣa vi­nyā­saḥ.

ka­ṇṭha­kū­pe kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ [YS 3.30]

ji­hvā­yā adha­stāt ta­ntus ta­ntor adha­stāt ka­ṇṭhas ta­to­+a­dha­stāt kū­pas ta­tra saṃ­ya­māt kṣu­tpi­pā­se na bā­dhe­te.

kū­rma­nā­ḍyāṃ sthai­ryam [YS 3.31]

kū­pād adha ura­si kū­rmā­kā­rā nāḍī, ta­syāṃ kṛ­ta­saṃ­ya­maḥ sthi­ra­pa­daṃ la­bha­te ya­thā sa­rpo go­dhā veti.

mū­rdha­jyo­ti­ṣi si­ddha­da­rśa­nam [YS 3.32]

śi­raḥ­ka­pā­le­+a­ntaś chi­draṃ pra­bhā­sva­raṃ jyo­tis ta­tra saṃ­ya­maṃ kṛ­tvā si­ddhā­nāṃ dyā­vā­pṛ­thi­vyor anta­rā­la­cā­ri­ṇāṃ da­rśa­nam.

prā­ti­bhād vā sa­rvam [YS 3.33]

prā­ti­bhaṃ nāma tā­ra­kaṃ ta­dvi­ve­ka­ja­sya jñā­na­sya pū­rva­rū­pam. ya­tho­da­ye pra­bhā bhā­ska­ra­sya. tena vā sa­rvam eva jā­nā­ti yogī prā­ti­bha­sya jñā­na­syo­tpa­ttāv iti.

hṛ­da­ye ci­tta­saṃ­vit [YS 3.34]

yad idam asmin bra­hma­pu­re da­ha­raṃ pu­ṇḍa­rī­kaṃ ve­śma ta­tra vi­jñā­naṃ ta­smin saṃ­ya­māc ci­tta­saṃ­vit.

sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣa­yor atya­ntā­saṃ­kī­rṇa­yoḥ pra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣo bho­gaḥ pa­rā­rthāt svā­rtha­saṃ­ya­māt pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­nam [YS 3.35]

bu­ddhi­sa­ttvaṃ pra­khyā­śī­laṃ sa­mā­na­sa­ttvo­pa­ni­ba­ndha­ne ra­ja­sta­ma­sī va­śī­kṛ­tya sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­pra­tya­ye­na pa­ri­ṇa­tam. ta­smāc ca sa­ttvāt pa­ri­ṇā­mi­no­+a­tya­nta­vi­dha­rmā vi­śu­ddho­+a­nyaś ci­ti­mā­tra­rū­paḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ. ta­yor atya­ntā­saṃ­kī­rṇa­yoḥ pra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣo bho­gaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya da­rśi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvāt sa bho­ga­pra­tya­yaḥ sa­ttva­sya pa­rā­rtha­tvād dṛ­śyaḥ.

yas tu ta­smād vi­śi­ṣṭaś ci­ti­mā­tra­rū­po­+a­nyaḥ pau­ru­ṣe­yaḥ pra­tya­yas ta­tra saṃ­ya­māt pu­ru­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yā pra­jñā jā­ya­te. na ca pu­ru­ṣa­pra­tya­ye­na bu­ddhi­sa­ttvā­tma­nā pu­ru­ṣo dṛ­śya­te pu­ru­ṣa eva taṃ pra­tya­yaṃ svā­tmā­va­la­mba­naṃ pa­śya­ti ta­thā hy uktam --- ``vi­jñā­tā­ram are kena vi­jā­nī­yāt'' iti.

ta­taḥ prā­ti­bha­śrā­va­ṇa­ve­da­nā­da­rśā­svā­da­vā­rtā jā­ya­nte [YS 3.36]

prā­ti­bhāt sū­kṣma­vya­va­hi­ta­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­jñā­nam. śrā­va­ṇād di­vya­śa­bda­śra­va­ṇam. ve­da­nād di­vya­spa­rśā­dhi­ga­maḥ. āda­rśād di­vya­rū­pa­saṃ­vit āsvā­dād di­vya­ra­sa­saṃ­vit vā­rtā­to di­vya­ga­ndha­vi­jñā­nam ity etā­ni ni­tyaṃ jā­ya­nte.

te sa­mā­dhāv upa­sa­rgā vyu­tthā­ne si­ddha­yaḥ [YS 3.37]

te prā­ti­bhā­da­yaḥ sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­syo­tpa­dya­mā­nā upa­sa­rgās ta­dda­rśa­na­pra­tya­nī­ka­tvāt vyu­tthi­ta­ci­tta­syo­tpa­dya­mā­nāḥ si­ddha­yaḥ.

ba­ndha­kā­ra­ṇa­śai­thi­lyāt pra­cā­ra­saṃ­ve­da­nāc ca ci­tta­sya pa­ra­śa­rī­rā­ve­śaḥ [YS 3.38]

lo­lī­bhū­ta­sya ma­na­so­+a­pra­ti­ṣṭha­sya śa­rī­re ka­rmā­śa­ya­va­śād ba­ndhaḥ pra­ti­ṣṭhe­ty arthaḥ ta­sya ka­rma­ṇo ba­ndha­kā­ra­ṇa­sya śai­thi­lyaṃ sa­mā­dhi­ba­lād bha­va­ti. pra­cā­ra­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ca ci­tta­sya sa­mā­dhi­jam eva ka­rma­ba­ndha­kṣa­yāt sva­ci­tta­sya pra­cā­ra­saṃ­ve­da­nāc ca yogī ci­ttaṃ sva­śa­rī­rān ni­ṣkṛ­ṣya śa­rī­rā­nta­re­ṣu ni­kṣi­pa­ti. ni­kṣi­ptaṃ ci­ttaṃ ce­ndri­yā­ṇy anu pa­ta­nti. ya­thā ma­dhu­ka­ra­rā­jā­naṃ ma­kṣi­kā utpa­ta­ntam anū­tpa­ta­nti ni­vi­śa­mā­nam anu ni­vi­śa­nte ta­the­ndri­yā­ṇi pa­ra­śa­rī­rā­ve­śe ci­ttam anu vi­dhī­ya­nta iti.

udā­na­ja­yāj ja­la­pa­ṅka­ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­ṣv asa­ṅga utkrā­ntiś ca [YS 3.39]

sa­ma­ste­ndri­ya­vṛ­ttiḥ prā­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā jī­va­naṃ, ta­sya kri­yā pa­ñca­ta­yī prā­ṇo mu­kha­nā­si­kā­ga­tir āhṛ­da­ya­vṛ­ttiḥ. sa­maṃ na­ya­nāt sa­mā­naś cā­nā­bhi­vṛ­ttiḥ. apa­na­ya­nād apā­na āpā­da­ta­la­vṛ­ttiḥ unna­ya­nād udā­na āśi­ro­vṛ­ttiḥ vyā­pī vyā­na iti. eṣāṃ pra­dhā­naṃ prā­ṇaḥ udā­na­ja­yāj ja­la­pa­ṅka­ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­ṣv asa­ṅga utkrā­ntiś ca prā­ya­ṇa­kā­le bha­va­ti tāṃ va­śi­tve­na pra­ti­pa­dya­te.

sa­mā­na­ja­yāj jva­la­nam [YS 3.40]

ji­ta­sa­mā­nas te­ja­sa upa­dhmā­naṃ kṛ­tvā jva­la­ya­ti.

śro­trā­kā­śa­yoḥ saṃ­ba­ndha­saṃ­ya­mād di­vyaṃ śro­tram [YS 3.41]

sa­rva­śro­trā­ṇām ākā­śaṃ pra­ti­ṣṭhā sa­rva­śa­bdā­nāṃ ca ya­tho­ktam --- tu­lya­de­śa­śra­va­ṇā­nām eka­de­śa­śru­ti­tvaṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ bha­va­tī­ti tac cai­tad ākā­śa­sya li­ṅgam.

anā­va­ra­ṇaṃ co­ktam. ta­thā­mū­rta­syā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­da­rśa­nād vi­bhu­tvam api pra­khyā­tam ākā­śa­sya. śa­bda­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­mi­taṃ śro­tram. ba­dhi­rā­ba­dhi­ra­yor ekaḥ śa­bdaṃ gṛ­hṇā­ty apa­ro na gṛ­hṇā­tī­ti ta­smāc chro­tram eva śa­bda­vi­ṣa­yam śro­trā­kā­śa­yoḥ saṃ­ba­ndhe kṛ­ta­saṃ­ya­ma­sya yo­gi­no di­vyaṃ śro­traṃ pra­va­rta­te.

kā­yā­kā­śa­yoḥ saṃ­ba­ndha­saṃ­ya­māl la­ghu­tū­la­sa­mā­pa­tteś cā­kā­śa­ga­ma­nam [YS 3.42]

ya­tra kā­yas ta­trā­kā­śaṃ ta­syā­va­kā­śa­dā­nāt kā­ya­sya tena saṃ­ba­ndhaḥ prā­ptis ta­tra kṛ­ta­saṃ­ya­mo ji­tvā ta­tsaṃ­ba­ndhaṃ la­ghu­ṣu vā tū­lā­di­ṣv ā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhyaḥ sa­mā­pa­ttiṃ la­bdhvā ji­ta­saṃ­ba­ndho la­ghur bha­va­ti. la­ghu­tvāc ca jale pā­dā­bhyāṃ vi­ha­ra­ti ta­tas tū­rṇa­nā­bhi­ta­ntu­mā­tre vi­hṛ­tya ra­śmi­ṣu vi­ha­ra­ti tato ya­the­ṣṭam ākā­śa­ga­tir asya bha­va­tī­ti.

ba­hir aka­lpi­tā vṛ­ttir ma­hā­vi­de­hā ta­taḥ pra­kā­śā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yaḥ [YS 3.43]

śa­rī­rād ba­hir ma­na­so vṛ­tti­lā­bho vi­de­hā nāma dhā­ra­ṇā. sā yadi śa­rī­ra­pra­ti­ṣṭha­sya ma­na­so ba­hi­rvṛ­tti­mā­tre­ṇa bha­va­ti sā ka­lpi­te­ty ucya­te. yā tu śa­rī­ra­ni­ra­pe­kṣā ba­hi­rbhū­ta­syai­va ma­na­so ba­hi­rvṛ­ttiḥ sā kha­lv aka­lpi­tā ta­tra ka­lpi­ta­yā sā­dha­ya­nty aka­lpi­tāṃ ma­hā­vi­de­hām iti. yayā pa­ra­śa­rī­rā­ṇy āvi­śa­nti yo­gi­naḥ, ta­taś ca dhā­ra­ṇā­taḥ pra­kā­śā­tma­no bu­ddhi­sa­ttva­sya ya­dā­va­ra­ṇaṃ kle­śa­ka­rma­vi­pā­ka­tra­yaṃ ra­ja­sta­mo­mū­laṃ ta­sya ca kṣa­yo bha­va­ti.

sthū­la­sva­rū­pa­sū­kṣmā­nva­yā­rtha­va­ttva­saṃ­ya­mād bhū­ta­ja­yaḥ [YS 3.44]

ta­tra pā­rthi­vā­dyāḥ śa­bdā­da­yo vi­śe­ṣāḥ sa­hā­kā­rā­di­bhir dha­rmaiḥ sthū­la­śa­bde­na pa­ri­bhā­ṣi­tāḥ etad bhū­tā­nāṃ pra­tha­maṃ rū­pam. dvi­tī­yaṃ rū­paṃ sva­sā­mā­nyaṃ mū­rtir bhū­miḥ sne­ho ja­laṃ va­hnir uṣṇa­tā vā­yuḥ pra­ṇā­mī sa­rva­to­ga­tir ākā­śa ity etat sva­rū­pa­śa­bde­no­cya­te.

asya sā­mā­nya­sya śa­bdā­da­yo vi­śe­ṣāḥ ta­thā co­ktam --- eka­jā­ti­sa­ma­nvi­tā­nām eṣāṃ dha­rma­mā­tra­vyā­vṛ­ttir iti.

sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mu­dā­yo­+a­tra dra­vyam. dvi­ṣṭho hi sa­mū­haḥ pra­tya­sta­mi­ta­bhe­dā­va­ya­vā­nu­ga­taḥ śa­rī­raṃ vṛ­kṣo yū­thaṃ va­nam iti.

śa­bde­no­pā­tta­bhe­dā­va­ya­vā­nu­ga­taḥ sa­mū­ha ubha­ye de­va­ma­nu­ṣyāḥ sa­mū­ha­sya devā eko bhā­go ma­nu­ṣyā dvi­tī­yo bhā­gas tā­bhyām evā­bhi­dhī­ya­te sa­mū­haḥ.

sa ca bhe­dā­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣi­taḥ. āmrā­ṇāṃ va­naṃ brā­hma­ṇā­nāṃ saṃ­gha āmra­va­ṇaṃ brā­hma­ṇa­saṃ­gha iti.

sa pu­nar dvi­vi­dho yu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­vo­+a­yu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­vaś ca. yu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­vaḥ sa­mū­ho va­naṃ saṃ­gha iti ayu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­vaḥ saṃ­ghā­taḥ śa­rī­raṃ vṛ­kṣaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇur iti. ayu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­va­bhe­dā­nu­ga­taḥ sa­mū­ho dra­vyam iti pa­ta­ñja­liḥ etat sva­rū­pam ity uktam.

atha kim eṣāṃ sū­kṣma­rū­paṃ, ta­nmā­traṃ bhū­ta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ, ta­syai­ko­+a­va­ya­vaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tmā­yu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­va­bhe­dā­nu­ga­taḥ sa­mu­dā­ya ity evaṃ sa­rva­ta­nmā­trā­ṇy etat tṛ­tī­yam. atha bhū­tā­nāṃ ca­tu­rthaṃ rū­paṃ khyā­ti­kri­yā­sthi­ti­śī­lā gu­ṇāḥ kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­nu­pā­ti­no­+a­nva­ya­śa­bde­no­ktāḥ. athai­ṣāṃ pa­ñca­maṃ rū­pam artha­va­ttvaṃ, bho­gā­pa­va­rgā­rtha­tā gu­ṇe­ṣv evā­nva­yi­nī, gu­ṇās ta­nmā­tra­bhū­ta­bhau­ti­ke­ṣv iti sa­rvam artha­vat. teṣv idā­nīṃ bhū­te­ṣu pa­ñca­su pa­ñca­rū­pe­ṣu saṃ­ya­māt ta­sya ta­sya rū­pa­sya sva­rū­pa­da­rśa­naṃ ja­yaś ca prā­du­rbha­va­ti. ta­tra pa­ñca bhū­ta­sva­rū­pā­ṇi ji­tvā bhū­ta­ja­yī bha­va­ti ta­jja­yād va­tsā­nu­sā­ri­ṇya iva gā­vo­+a­sya saṃ­ka­lpā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­nyo bhū­ta­pra­kṛ­ta­yo bha­va­nti.

ta­to­+a­ṇi­mā­di­prā­du­rbhā­vaḥ kā­ya­saṃ­pat ta­ddha­rmā­na­bhi­ghā­taś ca [YS 3.45]

ta­trā­ṇi­mā bha­va­ty aṇuḥ la­ghi­mā la­ghur bha­va­ti ma­hi­mā ma­hān bha­va­ti. prā­ptir aṅgu­lya­gre­ṇā­pi spṛ­śa­ti ca­ndra­ma­sam. prā­kā­myam icchā­na­bhi­ghā­taḥ bhū­māv unma­jja­ti ni­ma­jja­ti ya­tho­da­ke. va­śi­tvaṃ bhū­ta­bhau­ti­ke­ṣu vaśī bha­va­ty ava­śyaś cā­nye­ṣām īśi­tṛ­tvaṃ te­ṣāṃ pra­bha­vā­pya­ya­vyū­hā­nām īṣṭe. ya­tra kā­mā­va­sā­yi­tvaṃ sa­tya­saṃ­ka­lpa­tā ya­thā saṃ­ka­lpas ta­thā bhū­ta­pra­kṛ­tī­nām ava­sthā­nam. na ca śa­kto­+a­pi pa­dā­rtha­vi­pa­ryā­saṃ ka­ro­ti ka­smāt anya­sya ya­tra kā­mā­va­sā­yi­naḥ pū­rva­si­ddha­sya ta­thā bhū­te­ṣu saṃ­ka­lpād iti. etā­ny aṣṭāv ai­śva­ryā­ṇi.

kā­ya­saṃ­pad va­kṣya­mā­ṇā ta­ddha­rmā­na­bhi­ghā­taś ca pṛ­thvī mū­rtyā na ni­ru­ṇa­ddhi yo­gi­naḥ śa­rī­rā­di­kri­yāṃ, śi­lām apy anu­vi­śa­tī­ti. nā­paḥ sni­gdhāḥ kle­da­ya­nti nā­gnir uṣṇo da­ha­ti na vā­yuḥ pra­ṇā­mī va­ha­ti anā­va­ra­ṇā­tma­ke­+a­py ākā­śe bha­va­ty āvṛ­ta­kā­yaḥ si­ddhā­nām apy adṛ­śyo bha­va­ti.

rū­pa­lā­va­ṇya­ba­la­va­jra­saṃ­ha­na­na­tvā­ni kā­ya­saṃ­pat [YS 3.46]

da­rśa­nī­yaḥ kā­nti­mān ati­śa­ya­ba­lo va­jra­saṃ­ha­na­naś ceti.

gra­ha­ṇa­sva­rū­pā­smi­tā­nva­yā­rtha­va­ttva­saṃ­ya­mād indri­ya­ja­yaḥ [YS 3.47]

sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tmā śa­bdā­dir grā­hyaḥ teṣv indri­yā­ṇāṃ vṛ­ttir gra­ha­ṇam. na ca ta­tsā­mā­nya­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­raṃ ka­tham anā­lo­ci­taḥ sa vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa indri­ye­ṇa ma­na­sā­nu­vya­va­sī­ye­te­ti. sva­rū­paṃ pu­naḥ pra­kā­śā­tma­no bu­ddhi­sa­ttva­sya sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yor ayu­ta­si­ddhā­va­ya­va­bhe­dā­nu­ga­taḥ sa­mū­ho dra­vyam indri­yam. te­ṣāṃ tṛ­tī­yaṃ rū­pam asmi­tā­la­kṣa­ṇo­+a­haṃ­kā­raḥ. ta­sya sā­mā­nya­sye­ndri­yā­ṇi vi­śe­ṣāḥ ca­tu­rthaṃ rū­paṃ vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kāḥ pra­kā­śa­kri­yā­sthi­ti­śī­lā guṇā ye­ṣām indri­yā­ṇi sā­haṃ­kā­rā­ṇi pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ. pa­ñca­maṃ rū­paṃ gu­ṇe­ṣu yad anu­ga­taṃ pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­va­ttvam iti. pa­ñca­sv ete­ṣv indri­ya­rū­pe­ṣu ya­thā­kra­maṃ saṃ­ya­mas ta­tra ta­tra ja­yaṃ kṛ­tvā pa­ñca­rū­pa­ja­yād indri­ya­ja­yaḥ prā­du­rbha­va­ti yo­gi­naḥ.

tato ma­no­ja­vi­tvaṃ vi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pra­dhā­na­ja­yaś ca [YS 3.48]

kā­ya­syā­nu­tta­mo ga­ti­lā­bho ma­no­ja­vi­tvam. vi­de­hā­nām indri­yā­ṇām abhi­pre­ta­de­śa­kā­la­vi­ṣa­yā­pe­kṣo vṛ­tti­lā­bho vi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ. sa­rva­pra­kṛ­ti­vi­kā­ra­va­śi­tvaṃ pra­dhā­na­ja­ya ity etās ti­sraḥ si­ddha­yo ma­dhu­pra­tī­kā ucya­nte etāś ca ka­ra­ṇa­pa­ñca­rū­pa­ja­yād adhi­ga­mya­nte.

sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­khyā­ti­mā­tra­sya sa­rva­bhā­vā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tvaṃ sa­rva­jñā­tṛ­tvaṃ ca [YS 3.49]

ni­rdhū­ta­ra­ja­sta­mo­ma­la­sya bu­ddhi­sa­ttva­sya pare vai­śā­ra­dye pa­ra­syāṃ va­śī­kā­ra­saṃ­jñā­yāṃ va­rta­mā­na­sya sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­khyā­ti­mā­tra­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭha­sya sa­rva­bhā­vā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tvam. sa­rvā­tmā­no guṇā vya­va­sā­ya­vya­va­se­yā­tma­kāḥ svā­mi­naṃ kṣe­tra­jñaṃ pra­tya­śe­ṣa­dṛ­śyā­tma­tve­no­pa­sthi­tā ity arthaḥ. sa­rva­jñā­tṛ­tvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ śā­nto­di­tā­vya­pa­de­śya­dha­rma­tve­na vya­va­sthi­tā­nām akra­mo­pā­rū­ḍhaṃ vi­ve­ka­jaṃ jñā­nam ity arthaḥ. ity eṣā vi­śo­kā nāma si­ddhir yāṃ prā­pya yogī sa­rva­jñaḥ kṣī­ṇa­kle­śa­ba­ndha­no vaśī vi­ha­ra­ti.

ta­dvai­rā­gyād api do­ṣa­bī­ja­kṣa­ye kai­va­lyam [YS 3.50]

ya­dā­syai­vaṃ bha­va­ti kle­śa­ka­rma­kṣa­ye sa­ttva­syā­yaṃ vi­ve­ka­pra­tya­yo dha­rmaḥ sa­ttvaṃ ca he­ya­pa­kṣe nya­staṃ pu­ru­ṣaś cā­pa­ri­ṇā­mī śu­ddho­+a­nyaḥ sa­ttvād iti. evam asya tato vi­ra­jya­mā­na­sya yāni kle­śa­bī­jā­ni da­gdha­śā­li­bī­ja­ka­lpā­ny apra­sa­va­sa­ma­rthā­ni tāni saha ma­na­sā pra­tya­staṃ ga­ccha­nti. teṣu pra­lī­ne­ṣu pu­ru­ṣaḥ pu­nar idaṃ tā­pa­tra­yaṃ na bhu­ṅkte. tad ete­ṣāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ ma­na­si ka­rma­kle­śa­vi­pā­ka­sva­rū­pe­ṇā­bhi­vya­ktā­nāṃ ca­ri­tā­rthā­nāṃ pra­ti­pra­sa­ve pu­ru­ṣa­syā­tya­nti­ko gu­ṇa­vi­yo­gaḥ kai­va­lyaṃ tadā sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhā ci­ti­śa­ktir eva pu­ru­ṣa iti.

sthā­nyu­pa­ni­ma­ntra­ṇe sa­ṅga­sma­yā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pu­nar ani­ṣṭa­pra­sa­ṅgāt [YS 3.51]

ca­tvā­raḥ kha­lv amī yo­gi­naḥ prā­tha­ma­ka­lpi­ko ma­dhu­bhū­mi­kaḥ pra­jñā­jyo­tir ati­krā­nta­bhā­va­nī­yaś ceti. ta­trā­bhyā­sī pra­vṛ­tta­mā­tra­jyo­tiḥ pra­tha­maḥ ṛtaṃ­bha­ra­pra­jño dvi­tī­yaḥ bhū­te­ndri­ya­ja­yī tṛ­tī­yaḥ sa­rve­ṣu bhā­vi­te­ṣu bhā­va­nī­ye­ṣu kṛ­ta­ra­kṣā­ba­ndhaḥ ka­rta­vya­sā­dha­nād imān. ca­tu­rtho yas tv ati­krā­nta­bhā­va­nī­yas ta­sya ci­tta­pra­ti­sa­rga eko­+a­rthaḥ sa­pta­vi­dhā­sya prā­nta­bhū­mi­pra­jñā.

ta­tra ma­dhu­ma­tīṃ bhū­miṃ sā­kṣā­tku­rva­to brā­hma­ṇa­sya sthā­ni­no de­vāḥ sa­ttva­vi­śu­ddhim anu­pa­śya­ntaḥ sthā­nair upa­ni­ma­ntra­ya­nte bho ihā­sya­tām iha ra­mya­tāṃ ka­ma­nī­yo­+a­yaṃ bho­gaḥ ka­ma­nī­ye­yaṃ ka­nyā ra­sā­ya­nam idaṃ ja­rā­mṛ­tyuṃ bā­dha­te vai­hā­ya­sam idaṃ yā­nam amī ka­lpa­dru­māḥ pu­ṇyā ma­ndā­ki­nī si­ddhā ma­ha­rṣa­ya utta­mā anu­kū­lā apsa­ra­so di­vye śro­tra­ca­kṣu­ṣī va­jro­pa­maḥ kā­yaḥ sva­gu­ṇaiḥ sa­rvam idam upā­rji­tam āyu­ṣma­tā pra­ti­pa­dya­tām idam akṣa­yam aja­ram ama­ra­sthā­naṃ de­vā­nāṃ pri­yam iti. evam abhi­dhī­ya­mā­naḥ sa­ṅga­do­ṣān bhā­va­yed gho­re­ṣu saṃ­sā­rā­ṅgā­re­ṣu pa­cya­mā­ne­na mayā ja­na­na­ma­ra­ṇā­ndha­kā­re vi­pa­ri­va­rta­mā­ne­na ka­thaṃ­cid āsā­di­taḥ kle­śa­ti­mi­ra­vi­nā­śī yo­ga­pra­dī­pas ta­sya cai­te tṛ­ṣṇā­yo­na­yo vi­ṣa­ya­vā­ya­vaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣāḥ. sa kha­lv ahaṃ la­bdhā­lo­kaḥ ka­tham ana­yā vi­ṣa­ya­mṛ­ga­tṛ­ṣṇa­yā va­ñci­tas ta­syai­va pu­naḥ pra­dī­pta­sya saṃ­sā­rā­gner ātmā­nam indha­nī­ku­ryām iti. sva­sti vaḥ sva­pno­pa­me­bhyaḥ kṛ­pa­ṇa­ja­na­prā­rtha­nī­ye­bhyo vi­ṣa­ye­bhya ity evaṃ ni­ści­ta­ma­tiḥ sa­mā­dhiṃ bhā­va­yet.

sa­ṅgam akṛ­tvā sma­yam api na ku­ryād evam ahaṃ de­vā­nām api prā­rtha­nī­ya iti sma­yād ayaṃ su­sthi­taṃ­ma­nya­ta­yā mṛ­tyu­nā ke­śe­ṣu gṛ­hī­tam ivā­tmā­naṃ na bhā­va­yi­ṣya­ti. ta­thā cā­sya cchi­drā­nta­ra­pre­kṣī ni­tyaṃ ya­tno­pa­ca­ryaḥ pra­mā­do la­bdha­vi­va­raḥ kle­śān utta­mbha­yi­ṣya­ti ta­taḥ pu­nar ani­ṣṭa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ. evam asya sa­ṅga­sma­yāv aku­rva­to bhā­vi­to­+a­rtho dṛ­ḍhī­bha­vi­ṣya­ti bhā­va­nī­yaś cā­rtho­+a­bhi­mu­khī­bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti.

kṣa­ṇa­ta­tkra­ma­yoḥ saṃ­ya­mād vi­ve­ka­jaṃ jñā­nam [YS 3.52]

ya­thā­pa­ka­rṣa­pa­rya­ntaṃ dra­vyaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇur evaṃ pa­ra­mā­pa­ka­rṣa­pa­rya­ntaḥ kā­laḥ kṣa­ṇo yā­va­tā vā sa­ma­ye­na ca­li­taḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ pū­rva­de­śaṃ ja­hyād utta­ra­de­śam upa­saṃ­pa­dye­ta sa kā­laḥ kṣa­ṇaḥ. ta­tpra­vā­hā­vi­cche­das tu kra­maḥ kṣa­ṇa­ta­tkra­ma­yor nā­sti va­stu­sa­mā­hā­ra iti bu­ddhi­sa­mā­hā­ro mu­hū­rtā­ho­rā­trā­da­yaḥ. sa kha­lv ayaṃ kālo va­stu­śū­nyo­+a­pi bu­ddhi­ni­rmā­ṇaḥ śa­bda­jñā­nā­nu­pā­tī lau­ki­kā­nāṃ vyu­tthi­ta­da­rśa­nā­nāṃ va­stu­sva­rū­pa ivā­va­bhā­sa­te.

kṣa­ṇas tu va­stu­pa­ti­taḥ kra­mā­va­la­mbī kra­maś ca kṣa­ṇā­na­nta­ryā­tmā taṃ kā­la­vi­daḥ kāla ity āca­kṣa­te yo­gi­naḥ. na ca dvau kṣa­ṇau saha bha­va­taḥ kra­maś ca na dva­yoḥ sa­ha­bhu­vor asaṃ­bha­vāt. pū­rva­smād utta­ra­bhā­vi­no ya­dā­na­nta­ryaṃ kṣa­ṇa­sya sa kra­maḥ ta­smād va­rta­mā­na evai­kaḥ kṣa­ṇo na pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇāḥ sa­ntī­ti. ta­smān nā­sti ta­tsa­mā­hā­raḥ ye tu bhū­ta­bhā­vi­naḥ kṣa­ṇās te pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nvi­tā vyā­khye­yāḥ te­nai­ke­na kṣa­ṇe­na kṛ­tsno lo­kaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mam anu­bha­va­ti. ta­tkṣa­ṇo­pā­rū­ḍhāḥ kha­lv amī sa­rve dha­rmāḥ ta­yoḥ kṣa­ṇa­ta­tkra­ma­yoḥ saṃ­ya­māt ta­yoḥ sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇam. ta­taś ca vi­ve­ka­jaṃ jñā­naṃ prā­du­rbha­va­ti.

ta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa upa­kṣi­pya­te ---

jā­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­de­śair anya­tā­na­va­cche­dāt tu­lya­yos ta­taḥ pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ [YS 3.53]

tu­lya­yor de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­rū­pye jā­ti­bhe­do­+a­nya­tā­yā he­tuḥ, gaur iyaṃ ba­ḍa­ve­yam iti. tu­lya­de­śa­jā­tī­ya­tve la­kṣa­ṇam anya­tva­ka­raṃ kā­lā­kṣī gauḥ sva­sti­ma­tī gaur iti. dva­yor āma­la­ka­yor jā­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­rū­pyād de­śa­bhe­do­+a­nya­tva­ka­ra idaṃ pū­rvam idam utta­ram iti. yadā tu pū­rvam āma­la­kam anya­vya­gra­sya jñā­tur utta­ra­de­śa upā­va­rtya­te tadā tu­lya­de­śa­tve pū­rvam etad utta­ram etad iti pra­vi­bhā­gā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ. asaṃ­di­gdhe­na ca ta­ttva­jñā­ne­na bha­vi­ta­vyam ity ata idam uktaṃ ta­taḥ pra­ti­pa­ttir vi­ve­ka­ja­jñā­nād iti.

ka­thaṃ, pū­rvā­ma­la­ka­sa­ha­kṣa­ṇo deśa utta­rā­ma­la­ka­sa­ha­kṣa­ṇād de­śād bhi­nnaḥ te cā­ma­la­ke sva­de­śa­kṣa­ṇā­nu­bha­va­bhi­nne. anya­de­śa­kṣa­ṇā­nu­bha­vas tu ta­yor anya­tve he­tur iti. ete­na dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na pa­ra­mā­ṇos tu­lya­jā­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­de­śa­sya pū­rva­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­de­śa­sa­ha­kṣa­ṇa­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇād utta­ra­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇos ta­dde­śā­nu­pa­pa­ttāv utta­ra­sya ta­dde­śā­nu­bha­vo bhi­nnaḥ sa­ha­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dāt ta­yor īśva­ra­sya yo­gi­no­+a­nya­tva­pra­tya­yo bha­va­tī­ti.

apa­re tu va­rṇa­ya­nti --- ye­+a­ntyā vi­śe­ṣās te­+a­nya­tā­pra­tya­yaṃ ku­rva­ntī­ti ta­trā­pi de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­do mū­rti­vya­va­dhi­jā­ti­bhe­daś cā­nya­tve he­tuḥ. kṣa­ṇa­bhe­das tu yo­gi­bu­ddhi­ga­mya eve­ti ata uktaṃ mū­rti­vya­va­dhi­jā­ti­bhe­dā­bhā­vān nā­sti mū­la­pṛ­tha­ktvam iti vā­rṣa­ga­ṇyaḥ.

tā­ra­kaṃ sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ sa­rva­thā­vi­ṣa­yam akra­maṃ ceti vi­ve­ka­jaṃ jñā­nam [YS 3.54]

tā­ra­kam iti sva­pra­ti­bho­ttham anau­pa­de­śi­kam ity arthaḥ sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ nā­sya kiṃ­cid avi­ṣa­yī­bhū­tam ity arthaḥ. sa­rva­thā­vi­ṣa­yam atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­pra­tyu­tpa­nnaṃ sa­rvaṃ pa­ryā­yaiḥ sa­rva­thā jā­nā­tī­ty arthaḥ. akra­mam ity eka­kṣa­ṇo­pā­rū­ḍhaṃ sa­rvaṃ sa­rva­thā gṛ­hṇā­tī­ty arthaḥ. etad vi­ve­ka­jaṃ jñā­naṃ pa­ri­pū­rṇam asyai­vāṃ­śo yo­ga­pra­dī­po ma­dhu­ma­tīṃ bhū­mim upā­dā­ya yā­vad asya pa­ri­sa­mā­ptir iti.

prā­pta­vi­ve­ka­ja­jñā­na­syā­prā­pta­vi­ve­ka­ja­jñā­na­sya vā ---

sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣa­yoḥ śu­ddhi­sā­mye kai­va­lyam iti [YS 3.55]

yadā ni­rdhū­ta­ra­ja­sta­mo­ma­laṃ bu­ddhi­sa­ttvaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­nya­tā­pra­tī­ti­mā­trā­dhi­kā­raṃ da­gdha­kle­śa­bī­jaṃ bha­va­ti tadā pu­ru­ṣa­sya śu­ddhi­sā­rū­pyam ivā­pa­nnaṃ bha­va­ti, tadā pu­ru­ṣa­syo­pa­ca­ri­ta­bho­gā­bhā­vaḥ śu­ddhiḥ. eta­syām ava­sthā­yāṃ kai­va­lyaṃ bha­va­tī­śva­ra­syā­nī­śva­ra­sya vā vi­ve­ka­ja­jñā­na­bhā­gi­na ita­ra­sya vā. na hi da­gdha­kle­śa­bī­ja­sya jñā­ne pu­nar ape­kṣā kā­cid asti sa­ttva­śu­ddhi­dvā­re­ṇai­tat sa­mā­dhi­jam ai­śva­ryaṃ jñā­naṃ co­pa­krā­ntam. pa­ra­mā­rtha­tas tu jñā­nād ada­rśa­naṃ ni­va­rta­te ta­smin ni­vṛ­tte na sa­nty utta­re kle­śāḥ. kle­śā­bhā­vāt ka­rma­vi­pā­kā­bhā­vaḥ ca­ri­tā­dhi­kā­rāś cai­ta­syām ava­sthā­yāṃ guṇā na pu­ru­ṣa­sya pu­nar dṛ­śya­tve­no­pa­ti­ṣṭha­nte. ta­tpu­ru­ṣa­sya kai­va­lyaṃ, tadā pu­ru­ṣaḥ sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­jyo­tir ama­laḥ ke­va­lī bha­va­ti.

iti śrīpātañjale sāṃkhyapravacane yogaśāstre vyāsabhāṣye vibhūtipādas tṛtīyaḥ 3.

[Kai­va­lya­pā­daḥ]

ja­nmau­ṣa­dhi­ma­ntra­ta­paḥ­sa­mā­dhi­jāḥ si­ddha­yaḥ [YS 4.1]

de­hā­nta­ri­tā ja­nma­nā si­ddhiḥ oṣa­dhi­bhir asu­ra­bha­va­ne­ṣu ra­sā­ya­ne­ne­ty eva­mā­diḥ. ma­ntrair ākā­śa­ga­ma­nā­ṇi­mā­di­lā­bhaḥ. ta­pa­sā saṃ­ka­lpa­si­ddhiḥ, kā­ma­rū­pī ya­tra ta­tra kā­ma­ga ity eva­mā­di sa­mā­dhi­jāḥ si­ddha­yo vyā­khyā­tāḥ.

ta­tra kā­ye­ndri­yā­ṇām anya­jā­tī­ya­pa­ri­ṇa­tā­nām ---

jā­tya­nta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­pū­rāt [YS 4.2]

pū­rva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­pā­ya utta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo­pa­ja­nas te­ṣām apū­rvā­va­ya­vā­nu­pra­ve­śād bha­va­ti. kā­ye­ndri­ya­pra­kṛ­ta­yaś ca svaṃ svaṃ vi­kā­ram anu­gṛ­hṇa­nty āpū­re­ṇa dha­rmā­di­ni­mi­ttam ape­kṣa­mā­ṇā iti.

ni­mi­ttam apra­yo­ja­kaṃ pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ va­ra­ṇa­bhe­das tu ta­taḥ kṣe­tri­ka­vat [YS 4.3]

na hi dha­rmā­di ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­tpra­yo­ja­kaṃ pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ bha­va­ti na kā­rye­ṇa kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­va­rtya­ta iti ka­thaṃ ta­rhi, va­ra­ṇa­bhe­das tu ta­taḥ kṣe­tri­ka­vat. ya­thā kṣe­tri­kaḥ ke­dā­rād apāṃ pū­rṇāt ke­dā­rā­nta­raṃ pi­plā­va­yi­ṣuḥ sa­maṃ ni­mnaṃ ni­mna­ta­raṃ vā nā­paḥ pā­ṇi­nā­pa­ka­rṣa­ty āva­ra­ṇaṃ tv āsāṃ bhi­na­tti ta­smin bhi­nne sva­yam evā­paḥ ke­dā­rā­nta­ram āplā­va­ya­nti ta­thā dha­rmaḥ pra­kṛ­tī­nām āva­ra­ṇa­dha­rmaṃ bhi­na­tti ta­smin bhi­nne sva­yam eva pra­kṛ­ta­yaḥ svaṃ svaṃ vi­kā­ram āplā­va­ya­nti. ya­thā vā sa eva kṣe­tri­kas ta­smi­nn eva ke­dā­re na pra­bha­va­ty au­da­kān bhau­mān vā ra­sān dhā­nya­mū­lā­ny anu­pra­ve­śa­yi­tuṃ, kiṃ ta­rhi mu­dga­ga­ve­dhu­ka­śyā­mā­kā­dīṃs ta­to­+a­pa­ka­rṣa­ti. apa­kṛ­ṣṭe­ṣu teṣu sva­yam eva rasā dhā­nya­mū­lā­ny anu­pra­vi­śa­nti, ta­thā dha­rmo ni­vṛ­tti­mā­tre kā­ra­ṇam adha­rma­sya, śu­ddhya­śu­ddhyor atya­nta­vi­ro­dhāt, na tu pra­kṛ­ti­pra­vṛ­ttau dha­rmo he­tur bha­va­tī­ti. atra na­ndī­śva­rā­da­ya udā­hā­ryāḥ vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­py adha­rmo dha­rmaṃ bā­dha­te. ta­taś cā­śu­ddhi­pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti. ta­trā­pi na­hu­ṣā­ja­ga­rā­da­ya udā­hā­ryāḥ.

yadā tu yogī ba­hūn kā­yān ni­rmi­mī­te tadā kim eka­ma­na­skās te bha­va­nty athā­ne­ka­ma­na­skā iti ---

ni­rmā­ṇa­ci­ttā­ny asmi­tā­mā­trāt [YS 4.4]

asmi­tā­mā­traṃ ci­tta­kā­ra­ṇam upā­dā­ya ni­rmā­ṇa­ci­ttā­ni ka­ro­ti, ta­taḥ sa­ci­ttā­ni bha­va­ntī­ti.

pra­vṛ­tti­bhe­de pra­yo­ja­kaṃ ci­ttam ekam ane­ke­ṣām [YS 4.5]

ba­hū­nāṃ ci­ttā­nāṃ ka­tham eka­ci­ttā­bhi­prā­ya­pu­raḥ­sa­rā pra­vṛ­ttir iti sa­rva­ci­ttā­nāṃ pra­yo­ja­kaṃ ci­ttam ekaṇ ni­rmi­mī­te, ta­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­bhe­daḥ.

ta­tra dhyā­na­jam anā­śa­yam [YS 4.6]

pa­ñca­vi­dhaṃ ni­rmā­ṇa­ci­ttaṃ ja­nmau­ṣa­dhi­ma­ntra­ta­paḥ­sa­mā­dhi­jāḥ si­ddha­ya iti. ta­tra yad eva dhyā­na­jaṃ ci­ttaṃ tad evā­nā­śa­yaṃ ta­syai­va nā­sty āśa­yo rā­gā­di­pra­vṛ­ttir nā­taḥ pu­ṇya­pā­pā­bhi­saṃ­ba­ndhaḥ kṣī­ṇa­kle­śa­tvād yo­gi­na iti ita­re­ṣāṃ tu vi­dya­te ka­rmā­śa­yaḥ.

ya­taḥ ---

ka­rmā­śu­klā­kṛ­ṣṇaṃ yo­gi­nas tri­vi­dham ita­re­ṣām [YS 4.7]

ca­tu­ṣpa­dī kha­lv iyaṃ ka­rma­jā­tiḥ kṛ­ṣṇā śu­kla­kṛ­ṣṇā śu­klā­śu­klā­kṛ­ṣṇā ceti. ta­tra kṛ­ṣṇā du­rā­tma­nām, śu­kla­kṛ­ṣṇā ba­hiḥ­sā­dha­na­sā­dhyā. ta­tra pa­ra­pī­ḍā­nu­gra­ha­dvā­re­ṇai­va ka­rmā­śa­ya­pra­ca­yaḥ śu­klā ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­ya­dhyā­na­va­tām. sā hi ke­va­le ma­na­sy āya­tta­tvād aba­hiḥ­sā­dha­nā­dhī­nā na pa­rān pī­ḍa­yi­tvā bha­va­ti. aśu­klā­kṛ­ṣṇā saṃ­nyā­si­nāṃ kṣī­ṇa­kle­śā­nāṃ ca­ra­ma­de­hā­nām iti ta­trā­śu­klaṃ yo­gi­na eva pha­la­saṃ­nyā­sād akṛ­ṣṇaṃ cā­nu­pā­dā­nāt ita­re­ṣāṃ tu bhū­tā­nāṃ pū­rvam eva tri­vi­dham iti.

ta­tas ta­dvi­pā­kā­nu­gu­ṇā­nām evā­bhi­vya­ktir vā­sa­nā­nām [YS 4.8]

tata iti tri­vi­dhāt ka­rma­ṇaḥ, ta­dvi­pā­kā­nu­gu­ṇā­nām eve­ti ya­jjā­tī­ya­sya ka­rma­ṇo yo vi­pā­kas ta­syā­nu­gu­ṇā yā vā­sa­nāḥ ka­rma­vi­pā­kam anu­śe­ra­te tā­sām evā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ. na hi dai­vaṃ ka­rma vi­pa­cya­mā­naṃ nā­ra­ka­ti­rya­ṅma­nu­ṣya­vā­sa­nā­bhi­vya­kti­ni­mi­ttaṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti kiṃ­tu dai­vā­nu­gu­ṇā evā­sya vā­sa­nā vya­jya­nte nā­ra­ka­ti­rya­ṅma­nu­ṣye­ṣu cai­vaṃ sa­mā­naś ca­rcaḥ.

jā­ti­de­śa­kā­la­vya­va­hi­tā­nām apy āna­nta­ryaṃ smṛ­ti­saṃ­skā­ra­yor eka­rū­pa­tvāt [YS 4.9]

vṛ­ṣa­daṃ­śa­vi­pā­ko­da­yaḥ sva­vya­ñja­kā­ñja­nā­bhi­vya­ktaḥ. sa yadi jā­ti­śa­te­na vā dū­ra­de­śa­ta­yā vā ka­lpa­śa­te­na vā vya­va­hi­taḥ pu­naś ca sva­vya­ñja­kā­ñja­na evo­di­yād drāg ity evaṃ pū­rvā­nu­bhū­ta­vṛ­ṣa­daṃ­śa­vi­pā­kā­bhi­saṃ­skṛ­tā vā­sa­nā upā­dā­ya vya­jye­ta. ka­smāt, yato vya­va­hi­tā­nām apy āsāṃ sa­dṛ­śaṃ ka­rmā­bhi­vya­jña­kaṃ ni­mi­ttī­bhū­tam ity āna­nta­ryam eva. ku­taś ca, smṛ­ti­saṃ­skā­ra­yor eka­rū­pa­tvāt ya­thā­nu­bha­vās ta­thā saṃ­skā­rāḥ. te ca ka­rma­vā­sa­nā­nu­rū­pāḥ ya­thā ca vā­sa­nās ta­thā smṛ­tir iti jā­ti­de­śa­kā­la­vya­va­hi­te­bhyaḥ saṃ­skā­re­bhyaḥ smṛ­tiḥ. smṛ­teś ca pu­naḥ saṃ­skā­rā itye­vam ete smṛ­ti­saṃ­skā­rāḥ ka­rmā­śa­ya­vṛ­tti­lā­bha­va­śād vya­jya­nte ataś ca vya­va­hi­tā­nām api ni­mi­tta­nai­mi­tti­ka­bhā­vā­nu­cche­dād āna­nta­ryam eva si­ddham iti.

tā­sām anā­di­tvaṃ cā­śi­ṣo ni­tya­tvāt [YS 4.10]

tā­sāṃ vā­sa­nā­nām āśi­ṣo ni­tya­tvād anā­di­tvam. ye­yam ātmā­śīr mā na bhū­vaṃ bhū­yā­sam iti.sa­rva­sya dṛ­śya­te sā na svā­bhā­vi­kī. ka­smāt jā­ta­mā­tra­sya ja­ntor ana­nu­bhū­ta­ma­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­ka­sya dve­ṣa­duḥ­khā­nu­smṛ­ti­ni­mi­tto ma­ra­ṇa­trā­saḥ ka­thaṃ bha­vet na ca svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ va­stu ni­mi­ttam upā­da­tte. ta­smād anā­di­vā­sa­nā­nu­vi­ddham idaṃ ci­ttaṃ ni­mi­tta­va­śāt kā­ścid eva vā­sa­nāḥ pra­ti­la­bhya pu­ru­ṣa­sya bho­gā­yo­pā­va­rta­ta iti.

gha­ṭa­prā­sā­da­pra­dī­pa­ka­lpaṃ saṃ­ko­ca­vi­kā­si ci­ttaṃ śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­kā­ra­mā­tram ity apa­re pra­ti­pa­nnāḥ ta­thā cā­nta­rā­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­sā­raś ca yu­kta iti.

vṛ­ttir evā­sya vi­bhu­naś ci­tta­sya saṃ­ko­ca­vi­kā­si­nī­ty ācā­ryaḥ. tac ca dha­rmā­di­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣam. ni­mi­ttaṃ ca dvi­vi­dham --- bā­hyam ādhyā­tmi­kaṃ ca. śa­rī­rā­di­sā­dha­nā­pe­kṣaṃ bā­hyaṃ stu­ti­dā­nā­bhi­vā­da­nā­di, ci­tta­mā­trā­dhī­naṃ śra­ddhā­dy adhyā­tmi­kam. ta­thā co­ktam --- ye cai­te mai­tryā­da­yo dhyā­yi­nāṃ vi­hā­rās te bā­hya­sā­dha­na­ni­ra­nu­gra­hā­tmā­naḥ pra­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ dha­rmam abhi­ni­rva­rta­ya­nti. ta­yor mā­na­saṃ ba­lī­yaḥ. ka­thaṃ, jñā­na­vai­rā­gye ke­nā­ti­śa­yye­te, da­ṇḍa­kā­ra­ṇyaṃ ca ci­tta­ba­la­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa śā­rī­re­ṇa ka­rma­ṇā śū­nyaṃ kaḥ ka­rtum utsa­he­ta sa­mu­dram aga­stya­vad vā pi­bet.

he­tu­pha­lā­śra­yā­la­mba­naiḥ saṃ­gṛ­hī­ta­tvād eṣām abhā­ve ta­da­bhā­vaḥ [YS 4.11]

he­tur dha­rmāt su­kham adha­rmād duḥ­khaṃ su­khād rāgo duḥ­khād dve­ṣas ta­taś ca pra­ya­tnas tena ma­na­sā vācā kā­ye­na vā pa­ri­spa­nda­mā­naḥ pa­ram anu­gṛ­hṇā­ty upa­ha­nti vā ta­taḥ pu­nar dha­rmā­dha­rmau su­kha­duḥ­khe rā­ga­dve­ṣāv iti pra­vṛ­ttam idaṃ ṣa­ḍa­raṃ saṃ­sā­ra­ca­kram. asya ca pra­ti­kṣa­ṇam āva­rta­mā­na­syā­vi­dyā ne­trī mū­laṃ sa­rva­kle­śā­nām ity eṣa he­tuḥ. pha­laṃ tu yam āśri­tya ya­sya pra­tyu­tpa­nna­tā dha­rmā­deḥ, na hy apū­rvo­pa­ja­naḥ. ma­nas tu sā­dhi­kā­ram āśra­yo vā­sa­nā­nām. na hy ava­si­tā­dhi­kā­re ma­na­si ni­rā­śra­yā vā­sa­nāḥ sthā­tum utsa­ha­nte. yad abhi­mu­khī­bhū­taṃ va­stu yāṃ vā­sa­nāṃ vya­na­kti ta­syās ta­dā­la­mba­nam. evaṃ he­tu­pha­lā­śra­yā­la­mba­nair etaiḥ saṃ­gṛ­hī­tāḥ sa­rvā vā­sa­nāḥ eṣām abhā­ve ta­tsaṃ­śra­yā­ṇām api vā­sa­nā­nām abhā­vaḥ.

nā­sty asa­taḥ saṃ­bha­vaḥ, na cā­sti sato vi­nā­śa iti dra­vya­tve­na saṃ­bha­va­ntyaḥ ka­thaṃ ni­va­rti­ṣya­nte vā­sa­nā iti ---

atī­tā­nā­ga­taṃ sva­rū­pa­to­+a­sty adhva­bhe­dād dha­rmā­ṇām [YS 4.12]

bha­vi­ṣya­dvya­kti­kam anā­ga­tam anu­bhū­ta­vya­kti­kam atī­taṃ sva­vyā­pā­ro­pā­rū­ḍhaṃ va­rta­mā­naṃ, tra­yaṃ cai­tad va­stu jñā­na­sya jñe­yam. yadi cai­tat sva­rū­pa­to nā­bha­vi­ṣyan ne­daṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­yaṃ jñā­nam uda­pa­tsya­ta. ta­smād atī­tā­nā­ga­taṃ sva­rū­pa­to­+a­stī­ti. kiṃ­ca bho­ga­bhā­gī­ya­sya vā­pa­va­rga­bhā­gī­ya­sya vā ka­rma­ṇaḥ pha­lam utpi­tsu yadi ni­ru­pā­khyam iti ta­du­dde­śe­na tena ni­mi­tte­na ku­śa­lā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ na yu­jye­ta. sa­taś ca pha­la­sya ni­mi­ttaṃ va­rta­mā­nī­ka­ra­ṇe sa­ma­rthaṃ nā­pū­rvo­pa­ja­na­ne si­ddhaṃ ni­mi­ttaṃ nai­mi­tti­ka­sya vi­śe­ṣā­nu­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ku­ru­te nā­pū­rvam utpā­da­ya­tī­ti.
dha­rmī cā­ne­ka­dha­rma­sva­bhā­vas ta­sya cā­dhva­bhe­de­na dha­rmāḥ pra­tya­va­sthi­tāḥ na ca ya­thā va­rta­mā­naṃ vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­pa­nnaṃ dra­vya­to­+a­sty evam atī­tam anā­ga­taṃ ca. ka­thaṃ ta­rhi, sve­nai­va vya­ṅgye­na sva­rū­pe­ṇā­nā­ga­tam asti. sve­na cā­nu­bhū­ta­vya­kti­ke­na sva­rū­pe­ṇā­tī­tam iti va­rta­mā­na­syai­vā­dhva­naḥ sva­rū­pa­vya­ktir iti na sā bha­va­ty atī­tā­nā­ga­ta­yor adhva­noḥ. eka­sya cā­dhva­naḥ sa­ma­ye dvāv adhva­nau dha­rmi­sa­ma­nvā­ga­tau bha­va­ta eve­ti nā­bhū­tvā bhā­vas tra­yā­ṇām adhva­nām iti.

te vya­kta­sū­kṣmā gu­ṇā­tmā­naḥ. [YS 4.13]

te kha­lv amī trya­dhva­no dha­rmā va­rta­mā­nā vya­ktā­tmā­no­+a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tāḥ sū­kṣmā­tmā­naḥ ṣa­ḍa­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pāḥ. sa­rvam idaṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tram iti pa­ra­mā­rtha­to gu­ṇā­tmā­naḥ. ta­thā ca śā­strā­nu­śā­sa­nam ---
``
gu­ṇā­nāṃ pa­ra­maṃ rū­paṃ na dṛ­ṣṭi­pa­tham ṛccha­ti /
yat tu dṛ­ṣṭi­pa­thaṃ prā­ptaṃ tan mā­ye­va su­tu­ccha­kam //
'' iti.
yadā tu sa­rve gu­ṇāḥ ka­tham ekaḥ śa­bda ekam indri­yam iti ---

pa­ri­ṇā­mai­ka­tvād va­stu­ta­ttvam [YS 4.14]

pra­khyā­kri­yā­sthi­ti­śī­lā­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇā­tma­kā­nāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­nai­kaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ śro­tram indri­yaṃ, grā­hyā­tma­kā­nāṃ śa­bda­ta­nmā­tra­bhā­ve­nai­kaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ śa­bdo vi­ṣa­ya iti, śa­bdā­dī­nāṃ mū­rti­sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­nām ekaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pṛ­thi­vī­pa­ra­mā­ṇus ta­nmā­trā­va­ya­vas te­ṣāṃ cai­kaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pṛ­thi­vī gaur vṛ­kṣaḥ pa­rva­ta itye­va­mā­dir bhū­tā­nta­re­ṣv api sne­hau­ṣṇya­pra­ṇā­mi­tvā­va­kā­śa­dā­nā­ny upā­dā­ya sā­mā­nyam eka­vi­kā­rā­ra­mbhaḥ sa­mā­dhe­yaḥ.
nā­sty artho vi­jñā­na­vi­sa­ha­ca­raḥ, asti tu jñā­nam artha­vi­sa­ha­ca­raṃ sva­pnā­dau ka­lpi­tam ity ana­yā diśā ye va­stu­sva­rū­pam apa­hnu­va­te jñā­na­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­mā­traṃ va­stu sva­pna­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­maṃ na pa­ra­mā­rtha­to­+a­stī­ti ya āhus te ta­the­ti pra­tyu­pa­sthi­tam idaṃ sva­mā­hā­tmye­na va­stu ka­tham apra­mā­ṇā­tma­ke­na vi­ka­lpa­jñā­na­ba­le­na va­stu­sva­rū­pam utsṛ­jya tad evā­pa­la­pa­ntaḥ śra­ddhe­ya­va­ca­nāḥ syuḥ.
ku­taś cai­tad anyā­yyam ---

va­stu­sā­mye ci­tta­bhe­dāt ta­yor vi­bha­ktaḥ pa­nthāḥ [YS 4.15]

ba­hu­ci­ttā­la­mba­nī­bhū­tam ekaṃ va­stu sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ, tat kha­lu nai­ka­ci­tta­pa­ri­ka­lpi­taṃ nāpy ane­ka­ci­tta­pa­ri­ka­lpi­taṃ kiṃ­tu sva­pra­ti­ṣṭham. ka­thaṃ, va­stu­sā­mye ci­tta­bhe­dāt dha­rmā­pe­kṣaṃ ci­tta­sya va­stu­sā­mye­+a­pi su­kha­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ty adha­rmā­pe­kṣaṃ tata eva duḥ­kha­jñā­nam avi­dyā­pe­kṣaṃ tata eva mū­ḍha­jñā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­pe­kṣaṃ tata eva mā­dhya­sthya­jñā­nam iti. ka­sya tac ci­tte­na pa­ri­ka­lpi­tam. na cā­nya­ci­tta­pa­ri­ka­lpi­te­nā­rthe­nā­nya­sya ci­tto­pa­rā­go yu­ktaḥ. ta­smād va­stu­jñā­na­yor grā­hya­gra­ha­ṇa­bhe­da­bhi­nna­yor vi­bha­ktaḥ pa­nthāḥ. nā­na­yoḥ saṃ­ka­ra­ga­ndho­+a­py astī­ti.
sāṃ­khya­pa­kṣe pu­nar va­stu tri­gu­ṇaṃ ca­laṃ ca gu­ṇa­vṛ­ttam iti dha­rmā­di­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣaṃ ci­ttair abhi­saṃ­ba­dhya­te. ni­mi­ttā­nu­rū­pa­sya ca pra­tya­ya­syo­tpa­dya­mā­na­sya tena te­nā­tma­nā he­tur bha­va­ti. ke­cid āhuḥ. jñā­na­sa­ha­bhūr evā­rtho bho­gya­tvāt su­khā­di­vad iti ta eta­yā dvā­rā sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ bā­dha­mā­nāḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu va­stu­rū­pam evā­pa­hnu­va­te.

na cai­ka­ci­tta­ta­ntraṃ va­stu ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­kaṃ tadā kiṃ syāt [YS 4.16]

eka­ci­tta­ta­ntraṃ ced va­stu syāt tadā ci­tte vya­gre ni­ru­ddhe vā­sva­rū­pam eva te­nā­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭam anya­syā­vi­ṣa­yī­bhū­tam apra­mā­ṇa­kam agṛ­hī­ta­sva­bhā­va­kaṃ ke­na­cit ta­dā­nīṃ kiṃ tat syāt. saṃ­ba­dhya­mā­naṃ ca pu­naś ci­tte­na kuta utpa­dye­ta ye cā­syā­nu­pa­sthi­tā bhā­gās te cā­sya na syur evaṃ nā­sti pṛ­ṣṭham ity uda­ram api na gṛ­hye­ta. ta­smāt sva­ta­ntro­+a­rthaḥ sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣa­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ sva­ta­ntrā­ṇi ca ci­ttā­ni pra­ti­pu­ru­ṣaṃ pra­va­rta­nte ta­yoḥ saṃ­ba­ndhād upa­la­bdhiḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya bho­ga iti.

ta­du­pa­rā­gā­pe­kṣi­tvāc ci­tta­sya va­stu jñā­tā­jñā­tam [YS 4.17]

aya­skā­nta­ma­ṇi­ka­lpā vi­ṣa­yā ayaḥ­sa­dha­rma­kaṃ ci­ttam abhi­saṃ­ba­ndhyo­pa­ra­ñja­ya­nti. yena ca vi­ṣa­ye­ṇo­pa­ra­ktaṃ ci­ttaṃ sa vi­ṣa­yo jñā­tas ta­to­+a­nyaḥ pu­nar ajñā­taḥ va­stu­no jñā­tā­jñā­ta­sva­rū­pa­tvāt pa­ri­ṇā­mi ci­ttam.
ya­sya tu tad eva ci­ttaṃ vi­ṣa­yas ta­sya ---

sadā jñā­tāś ci­tta­vṛ­tta­yas ta­tpra­bhoḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvāt [YS 4.18]

yadi ci­tta­vat pra­bhur api pu­ru­ṣaḥ pa­ri­ṇa­met ta­tas ta­dvi­ṣa­yāś ci­tta­vṛ­tta­yaḥ śa­bdā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­vaj jñā­tā­jñā­tāḥ syuḥ sa­dā­jñā­ta­tvaṃ tu ma­na­sas ta­tpra­bhoḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvam anu­mā­pa­ya­ti.
syād āśa­ṅkā ci­ttam eva svā­bhā­saṃ vi­ṣa­yā­bhā­saṃ ca bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ty agni­vat ---

na tat svā­bhā­saṃ dṛ­śya­tvāt [YS 4.19]

ya­the­ta­rā­ṇī­ndri­yā­ṇi śa­bdā­da­yaś ca dṛ­śya­tvān na svā­bhā­sā­ni ta­thā ma­no­+a­pi pra­tye­ta­vyam. na cā­gnir atra dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ na hy agnir ātma­sva­rū­pam apra­kā­śaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti pra­kā­śaś cā­yaṃ pra­kā­śya­pra­kā­śa­ka­saṃ­yo­ge dṛ­ṣṭaḥ. na ca sva­rū­pa­mā­tre­+a­sti saṃ­yo­gaḥ kiṃ­ca svā­bhā­saṃ ci­ttam ity agrā­hyam eva ka­sya­cid iti śa­bdā­rthaḥ. ta­dya­thā svā­tma­pra­ti­ṣṭham ākā­śaṃ na pa­ra­pra­ti­ṣṭham ity arthaḥ sva­bu­ddhi­pra­cā­ra­pra­ti­saṃ­ve­da­nāt sa­ttvā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­ttir dṛ­śya­te --- kru­ddho­+a­haṃ bhī­to­+a­ham amu­tra me rā­go­+a­mu­tra me kro­dha iti etat sva­bu­ddher agra­ha­ṇe na yu­ktam iti.

eka­sa­ma­ye co­bha­yā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇam [YS 4.20]

na cai­ka­smin kṣa­ṇe sva­pa­ra­rū­pā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ, kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­no yad bha­va­naṃ sai­va kri­yā tad eva ca kā­ra­kam ity abhyu­pa­ga­maḥ.
syān ma­tiḥ sva­ra­sa­ni­ru­ddhaṃ ci­ttaṃ ci­ttā­nta­re­ṇa sa­ma­na­nta­re­ṇa gṛ­hya­ta iti ---

ci­ttā­nta­ra­dṛ­śye bu­ddhi­bu­ddher ati­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ smṛ­ti­saṃ­ka­raś ca [YS 4.21]

atha ci­ttaṃ cec ci­ttā­nta­re­ṇa gṛ­hye­ta bu­ddhi­bu­ddhiḥ kena gṛ­hya­te, sāpy anya­yā sāpy anya­ye­ty ati­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ. smṛ­ti­saṃ­ka­raś ca, yā­va­nto bu­ddhi­bu­ddhī­nām anu­bha­vās tā­va­tyaḥ smṛ­ta­yaḥ prā­pnu­va­nti. ta­tsaṃ­ka­rāc cai­ka­smṛ­tya­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ca syād ity evaṃ bu­ddhi­pra­ti­saṃ­ve­di­naṃ pu­ru­ṣam apa­la­pa­dbhir vai­nā­śi­kaiḥ sa­rvam evā­ku­lī­kṛ­tam. te tu bho­ktṛ­sva­rū­paṃ ya­tra kva­ca­na ka­lpa­ya­nto na nyā­ye­na saṃ­ga­ccha­nte ke­cit tu sa­ttva­mā­tram api pa­ri­ka­lpyā­sti sa sa­ttvo ya etān pa­ñca ska­ndhān ni­kṣi­pyā­nyāṃś ca pra­ti­saṃ­da­dhā­tī­ty uktvā tata eva pu­nas tra­sya­nti. ta­thā ska­ndhā­nāṃ ma­ha­nni­rve­dā­ya vi­rā­gā­yā­nu­tpā­dā­ya pra­śā­nta­ye gu­ror anti­ke bra­hma­ca­ryaṃ ca­ri­ṣyā­mī­ty uktvā sa­ttva­sya pu­naḥ sa­ttvam evā­pa­hnu­va­te. sāṃ­khya­yo­gā­da­yas tu pra­vā­dāḥ sva­śa­bde­na pu­ru­ṣam eva svā­mi­naṃ ci­tta­sya bho­ktā­ram upa­ya­ntī­ti.
ka­tham ---

ci­ter apra­ti­saṃ­kra­mā­yās ta­dā­kā­rā­pa­ttau sva­bu­ddhi­saṃ­ve­da­nam [YS 4.22]

apa­ri­ṇā­mi­nī hi bho­ktṛ­śa­ktir apra­ti­saṃ­kra­mā ca pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ny arthe pra­ti­saṃ­krā­nte­va ta­dvṛ­ttim anu­pa­ta­ti. ta­syāś ca prā­pta­cai­ta­nyo­pa­gra­ha­sva­rū­pā­yā bu­ddhi­vṛ­tter anu­kā­ri­mā­tra­ta­yā bu­ddhi­vṛ­ttya­vi­śi­ṣṭā hi jñā­na­vṛ­ttir ākhyā­ya­te. ta­thā co­ktam.
``
na pā­tā­laṃ na ca vi­va­raṃ gi­rī­ṇāṃ nai­vā­ndha­kā­raṃ ku­kṣa­yo no­da­dhī­nām /
guhā ya­syāṃ ni­hi­taṃ bra­hma śā­śva­taṃ bu­ddhi­vṛ­ttim avi­śi­ṣṭāṃ ka­va­yo ve­da­ya­nte
'' iti.
ataś cai­tad abhyu­pa­ga­mya­te ---

dra­ṣṭṛ­dṛ­śyo­pa­ra­ktaṃ ci­ttaṃ sa­rvā­rtham [YS 4.23]

mano hi ma­nta­vye­nā­rthe­no­pa­ra­ktaṃ, tat sva­yaṃ ca vi­ṣa­ya­tvād vi­ṣa­yi­ṇā pu­ru­ṣe­ṇā­tmī­ya­yā vṛ­ttyā­bhi­saṃ­ba­ddhaṃ, tad etac ci­ttam eva dra­ṣṭṛ­dṛ­śyo­pa­ra­ktaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ṣa­yi­ni­rbhā­saṃ ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­na­sva­rū­pā­pa­nnaṃ vi­ṣa­yā­tma­kam apy avi­ṣa­yā­tma­kam ivā­ce­ta­naṃ ce­ta­nam iva spha­ṭi­ka­ma­ṇi­ka­lpaṃ sa­rvā­rtham ity ucya­te.

tad ane­na ci­tta­sā­rū­pye­ṇa bhrā­ntāḥ ke­cit tad eva ce­ta­nam ity āhuḥ apa­re ci­tta­mā­tram eve­daṃ sa­rvaṃ nā­sti kha­lv ayaṃ ga­vā­dir gha­ṭā­diś ca sa­kā­ra­ṇo loka iti. anu­ka­mpa­nī­yās te. ka­smāt, asti hi te­ṣāṃ bhrā­nti­bī­jaṃ sa­rva­rū­pā­kā­ra­ni­rbhā­saṃ ci­ttam iti. sa­mā­dhi­pra­jñā­yāṃ pra­jñe­yo­+a­rthaḥ pra­ti­bi­mbī­bhū­tas ta­syā­la­mba­nī­bhū­ta­tvād anyaḥ. sa ced arthaś ci­tta­mā­traṃ syāt ka­thaṃ pra­jña­yai­va pra­jñā­rū­pam ava­dhā­rye­ta. ta­smāt pra­ti­bi­mbī­bhū­to­+a­rthaḥ pra­jñā­yāṃ ye­nā­va­dhā­rya­te sa pu­ru­ṣa iti. evaṃ gra­hī­tṛ­gra­ha­ṇa­grā­hya­sva­rū­pa­ci­tta­bhe­dāt tra­yam apy etaj jā­ti­taḥ pra­vi­bha­ja­nte te sa­mya­gda­rśi­nas tair adhi­ga­taḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ.

ku­taś ca ---

tad asaṃ­khye­ya­vā­sa­nā­bhiś ci­tram api pa­rā­rthaṃ saṃ­ha­tya­kā­ri­tvāt [YS 4.24]

tad etac ci­ttam asaṃ­khye­yā­bhir vā­sa­nā­bhir eva ci­trī­kṛ­tam api pa­rā­rthaṃ pa­ra­sya bho­gā­pa­va­rgā­rthaṃ na svā­rthaṃ saṃ­ha­tya­kā­ri­tvād gṛ­ha­vat. saṃ­ha­tya­kā­ri­ṇā ci­tte­na na svā­rthe­na bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ, na su­kha­ci­ttaṃ su­khā­rthaṃ na jñā­naṃ jñā­nā­rtham ubha­yam apy etat pa­rā­rtham. yaś ca bho­ge­nā­pa­va­rge­ṇa cā­rthe­nā­rtha­vān pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa eva paro na pa­raḥ sā­mā­nya­mā­tram. yat tu kiṃ­cit pa­raṃ sā­mā­nya­mā­traṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇo­dā­ha­red vai­nā­śi­kas tat sa­rvaṃ saṃ­ha­tya­kā­ri­tvāt pa­rā­rtham eva syāt. yas tv asau paro vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa na saṃ­ha­tya­kā­rī pu­ru­ṣa iti.

vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśi­na ātma­bhā­va­bhā­va­nā­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ [YS 4.25]

ya­thā prā­vṛ­ṣi tṛ­ṇā­ṅku­ra­syo­dbhe­de­na ta­dbī­ja­sa­ttā­nu­mī­ya­te ta­thā mo­kṣa­mā­rga­śra­va­ṇe­na ya­sya ro­ma­ha­rṣā­śru­pā­tau dṛ­śye­te ta­trā­py asti vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­na­bī­jam apa­va­rga­bhā­gī­yaṃ ka­rmā­bhi­ni­rva­rti­tam ity anu­mī­ya­te. ta­syā­tma­bhā­va­bhā­va­nā svā­bhā­vi­kī pra­va­rta­te ya­syā­bhā­vād idam uktaṃ sva­bhā­vaṃ mu­ktvā do­ṣā­dye­ṣāṃ pū­rva­pa­kṣe ru­cir bha­va­ty aru­ciś ca ni­rṇa­ye bha­va­ti ta­trā­tma­bhā­va­bhā­va­nā ko­+a­ham āsaṃ ka­tham aham āsaṃ kiṃ­svid idaṃ ka­thaṃ­svid idaṃ ke bha­vi­ṣyā­maḥ ka­thaṃ vā bha­vi­ṣyā­ma iti. sā tu vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśi­no ni­va­rta­te ku­taḥ ci­tta­syai­vai­ṣa vi­ci­traḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ, pu­ru­ṣas tv asa­tyām avi­dyā­yāṃ śu­ddhaś ci­tta­dha­rmair apa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭa iti. ta­to­+a­syā­tma­bhā­va­bhā­va­nā ku­śa­la­sya ni­va­rta­ta iti.

tadā vi­ve­ka­ni­mnaṃ kai­va­lya­prā­gbhā­raṃ ci­ttam [YS 4.26]

ta­dā­nīṃ yad asya ci­ttaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­prā­gbhā­ram ajñā­na­ni­mnam āsīt tad asyā­nya­thā bha­va­ti kai­va­lya­prā­gbhā­raṃ vi­ve­ka­ja­jñā­na­ni­mnam iti.

ta­cchi­dre­ṣu pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇi saṃ­skā­re­bhyaḥ [YS 4.27]

pra­tya­ya­vi­ve­ka­ni­mna­sya sa­ttva­pu­ru­ṣā­nya­tā­khyā­ti­mā­tra­pra­vā­hi­ṇaś ci­tta­sya ta­cchi­dre­ṣu pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇy asmī­ti vā ma­me­ti vā jā­nā­mī­ti vā na jā­nā­mī­ti vā. ku­taḥ, kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­bī­je­bhyaḥ pū­rva­saṃ­skā­re­bhya iti.

hā­nam eṣāṃ kle­śa­vad uktam [YS 4.28]

ya­thā kle­śā da­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vā na pra­ro­ha­sa­ma­rthā bha­va­nti ta­thā jñā­nā­gni­nā da­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­vaḥ pū­rva­saṃ­skā­ro na pra­tya­ya­pra­sūr bha­va­ti. jñā­na­saṃ­skā­rās tu ci­ttā­dhi­kā­ra­sa­mā­ptim anu­śe­ra­ta iti na ci­ntya­nte.

pra­saṃ­khyā­ne­+a­py aku­sī­da­sya sa­rva­thā vi­ve­ka­khyā­ter dha­rma­me­ghaḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ [YS 4.29]

ya­dā­yaṃ brā­hma­ṇaḥ pra­saṃ­khyā­ne­+a­py aku­sī­das ta­to­+a­pi na kiṃ­cit prā­rtha­ya­te. ta­trā­pi vi­ra­kta­sya sa­rva­thā vi­ve­ka­khyā­tir eva bha­va­tī­ti saṃ­skā­ra­bī­ja­kṣa­yān nā­sya pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇy utpa­dya­nte ta­dā­sya dha­rma­me­gho nāma sa­mā­dhir bha­va­ti.

ta­taḥ kle­śa­ka­rma­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ [YS 4.30]

ta­llā­bhād avi­dyā­da­yaḥ kle­śāḥ sa­mū­la­kā­ṣaṃ ka­ṣi­tā bha­va­nti ku­śa­lā­ku­śa­lāś ca ka­rmā­śa­yāḥ sa­mū­la­ghā­taṃ hatā bha­va­nti. kle­śa­ka­rma­ni­vṛ­ttau jī­va­nn eva vi­dvān vi­mu­kto bha­va­ti ka­smāt, ya­smād vi­pa­rya­yo bha­va­sya kā­ra­ṇam. na hi kṣī­ṇa­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ ka­ścit ke­na­cit kva­cij jāto dṛ­śya­ta iti.

tadā sa­rvā­va­ra­ṇa­ma­lā­pe­ta­sya jñā­na­syā­na­ntyāj jñe­yam alpam [YS 4.31]

sa­rvaiḥ kle­śa­ka­rmā­va­ra­ṇair vi­mu­kta­sya jñā­na­syā­na­ntyaṃ bha­va­ti. āva­ra­ke­ṇa ta­ma­sā­bhi­bhū­tam āvṛ­tam ana­ntaṃ jñā­na­sa­ttvaṃ kva­cid eva ra­ja­sā pra­va­rti­tam udghā­ṭi­taṃ gra­ha­ṇa­sa­ma­rthaṃ bha­va­ti. ta­tra yadā sa­rvair āva­ra­ṇa­ma­lair apa­ga­taṃ bha­va­ti tadā bha­va­ty asyā­na­ntyam. jñā­na­syā­na­ntyāj jñe­yam alpaṃ saṃ­pa­dya­te ya­thā­kā­śe kha­dyo­taḥ. ya­tre­dam uktam ---

``

andho maṇim avidhyat tam anaṅgulir āvayat /
agrīvas taṃ pratyamuñcat tam ajihvo+abhyapūjayat //
'' iti.

ta­taḥ kṛ­tā­rthā­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­ma­sa­mā­ptir gu­ṇā­nām [YS 4.32]

ta­sya dha­rma­me­gha­syo­da­yāt kṛ­tā­rthā­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kra­maḥ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya­te na hi kṛ­ta­bho­gā­pa­va­rgāḥ pa­ri­sa­mā­pta­kra­māḥ kṣa­ṇam apy ava­sthā­tum utsa­ha­nte.

atha ko­+a­yaṃ kra­mo nā­me­ti ---

kṣa­ṇa­pra­ti­yo­gī pa­ri­ṇā­mā­pa­rā­nta­ni­rgrā­hyaḥ kra­maḥ [YS 4.33]

kṣa­ṇā­na­nta­ryā­tmā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­pa­rā­nte­nā­va­sā­ne­na gṛ­hya­te kra­maḥ na hy ana­nu­bhū­ta­kra­ma­kṣa­ṇā pu­rā­ṇa­tā va­stra­syā­nte bha­va­ti ni­tye­ṣu ca kra­mo dṛ­ṣṭaḥ.

dva­yī ce­yaṃ ni­tya­tā kū­ṭa­stha­ni­tya­tā pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni­tya­tā ca. ta­tra kū­ṭa­stha­ni­tya­tā pu­ru­ṣa­sya. pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni­tya­tā gu­ṇā­nām. ya­smin pa­ri­ṇa­mya­mā­ne ta­ttvaṃ na vi­ha­nya­te tan ni­tyam ubha­ya­sya ca ta­ttvā­na­bhi­ghā­tān ni­tya­tvam. ta­tra gu­ṇa­dha­rme­ṣu bu­ddhyā­di­ṣu pa­ri­ṇā­mā­pa­rā­nta­ni­rgrā­hyaḥ kra­mo la­bdha­pa­rya­va­sā­no ni­tye­ṣu dha­rmi­ṣu gu­ṇe­ṣv ala­bdha­pa­rya­va­sā­naḥ. kū­ṭa­stha­ni­tye­ṣu sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pra­ti­ṣṭhe­ṣu mu­kta­pu­ru­ṣe­ṣu sva­rū­pā­sti­tā kra­me­ṇai­vā­nu­bhū­ya­ta iti ta­trā­py ala­bdha­pa­rya­va­sā­naḥ śa­bda­pṛ­ṣṭhe­nā­sti­kri­yām upā­dā­ya ka­lpi­ta iti.

athā­sya saṃ­sā­ra­sya sthi­tyā ga­tyā ca gu­ṇe­ṣu va­rta­mā­na­syā­sti kra­ma­sa­mā­ptir na veti. ava­ca­nī­yam etat ka­tham asti pra­śna ekā­nta­va­ca­nī­yaḥ sa­rvo jāto ma­ri­ṣya­tī­ti oṃ bhoḥ iti.

atha sa­rvo mṛ­tvā ja­ni­ṣya­ta iti vi­bha­jya­va­ca­nī­yam etat. pra­tyu­di­ta­khyā­tiḥ kṣī­ṇa­tṛ­ṣṇaḥ ku­śa­lo na ja­ni­ṣya­ta ita­ras tu ja­ni­ṣya­te. ta­thā ma­nu­ṣya­jā­tiḥ śre­ya­sī na vā śre­ya­sī­ty evaṃ pa­ri­pṛ­ṣṭe vi­bha­jya va­ca­nī­yaḥ pra­śnaḥ pa­śūn adhi­kṛ­tya śre­ya­sī de­vān ṛṣīṃś cā­dhi­kṛ­tya neti. ayaṃ tv ava­ca­nī­yaḥ pra­śnaḥ saṃ­sā­ro­+a­yam anta­vān athā­na­nta iti. ku­śa­la­syā­sti saṃ­sā­ra­kra­ma­sa­mā­ptir ne­ta­ra­sye­ti anya­ta­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe do­ṣaḥ ta­smād vyā­ka­ra­ṇī­ya evā­yaṃ pra­śna iti.

gu­ṇā­dhi­kā­ra­kra­ma­sa­mā­ptau kai­va­lyam uktaṃ ta­tsva­rū­pam ava­dhā­rya­te ---

pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­śū­nyā­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ pra­ti­pra­sa­vaḥ kai­va­lyaṃ sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhā vā ci­ti­śa­ktir iti [YS 4.34]

kṛ­ta­bho­gā­pa­va­rgā­ṇāṃ pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­śū­nyā­nāṃ yaḥ pra­ti­pra­sa­vaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­tma­kā­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ tat kai­va­lyaṃ, sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣṭhā pu­nar bu­ddhi­sa­ttvā­na­bhi­saṃ­ba­ndhāt pu­ru­ṣa­sya ci­ti­śa­ktir eva ke­va­lā, ta­syāḥ sadā ta­thai­vā­va­sthā­naṃ kai­va­lyam iti.

iti śrīpātañjale sāṃkhyapravacane yogaśāstre vyāsabhāṣye kaivalyapādaś caturthaḥ 4.